EP3571055B1 - Printing press - Google Patents

Description

The invention relates to a printing machine.

Different printing processes are used in printing machines. Non-impact printing processes (NIP = non-impact printing) are printing processes that manage without a fixed, i.e. physically unchangeable, printing form. Such printing processes can produce different print images in each printing process. Examples of non-impact printing processes are ionographic processes, magnetographic processes, thermographic processes, electrophotography, laser printing and, in particular, inkjet printing processes or inkjet printing processes. Such printing processes usually have at least one image-generating device, for example at least one print head. In the case of the inkjet printing process, such a printhead is designed, for example, as an inkjet printhead and has at least one and preferably several nozzles, by means of which at least one printing fluid, for example in the form of ink droplets, can be transferred to a printing substrate in a targeted manner. Alternative printing processes have solid printing forms, for example gravure printing processes, planographic printing processes, offset printing processes and letterpress printing processes, in particular flexographic printing processes. Depending on the number of copies and / or other requirements such as print quality, a non-impact printing process or a printing process with a fixed printing form may be preferable.

An exact match of a printed image on the front and back of a printing material printed on both sides is called a register (DIN 16500-2). In multi-color printing, one speaks of register (DIN 16500-2) when individual print images of different colors are put together exactly to match one image. Suitable measures are also to be taken in connection with inkjet printing Passer and / or register must be observed. In particular, it is important that a relative position between the print head and the printing material is known and / or kept constant. The register is also called the color register. The term register mark should therefore also be understood in the following to be a registration mark, that is to say a mark for checking the register or color register.

Sheet-fed printing machines are known. However, conventional transport systems cannot always be used for particularly thick sheets.

Through the DE 10 2015 111 525 A1 a sheet-fed printing machine is known which operates according to the offset printing principle and has additional inkjet printing units which have print heads and dryers which are optionally arranged to be movable. Drives for transporting sheets are not described.

Through the DE 102 27 241 A1 a drive system of a sheet-fed printing press is known, drive control units taking over tasks from aggregate control units.

Through the DE 10 2011 088 776 B3 a printing machine is known which has inkjet printheads and dryers. A transport of printing material and the drives provided for it are only described in connection with a web printing machine.

EP 0 669 208 A1 discloses a sheet-fed printing machine with drive motors for cylinders and the possibility of their axial positioning.

Through the EP 0 615 941 A1 a sheet-fed printing machine with individually driven acceleration means is known.

Through the DE 697 21 715 T2 a method and a device are known, mail items, in particular postcards, being separated and fed to an inkjet print head. The mail pieces are accelerated to a first speed by a primary accelerator and accelerated to a second speed by a secondary accelerator. Both accelerators are driven by a common drive. A motor control device controls this drive as well as a drive that transports the mail pieces past the print head module. The mail pieces are decelerated as required by means of the secondary acceleration means in order to enlarge a gap to the previous mail piece. In order to brake this secondary accelerator, the first accelerator is forcibly decelerated because of the common drive.

Through the US 2001/0022422 A1 and the US 2013/0216291 A1 a method and a copier are known in each case, with sheets of paper being removed from a stack from above, separated and fed to a printing point.

Through the US 2002/0180138 A1 a method and a device is known, wherein checks are separated and marked. A primary accelerator operates more slowly than a secondary accelerator. The checks are slowed down or accelerated as required by means of the secondary acceleration means in order to adjust a gap to the previous check. At the same time, the primary accelerator is decelerated or accelerated in the same ratio. Through the U.S. 5 074 539 A a substrate feed device with an acceleration means for separating sheets from an underside of a stack of sheets is known.

Through the DE 101 52 464 A1 The closest prior art is a device for conveying printed products through a printing machine, consisting of at least one endless conveyor belt running over pulleys, on which at least one printed product rests during the conveyance.

The invention is based on the object of providing a printing machine which offers increased print quality with simultaneous flexibility with regard to the material to be printed.

The object is achieved according to the invention by the features of claim 1 and the features of claim 2.

A processing machine or sheet processing machine is preferably designed as a printing machine or sheet-fed printing machine. The processing machine is preferably designed as a processing machine for processing corrugated cardboard, in particular corrugated cardboard sheets, that is to say preferably as a corrugated cardboard processing machine and / or corrugated cardboard sheet processing machine. The sheet processing machine is also preferably designed as a sheet printing machine for coating and in particular for printing corrugated cardboard sheets, that is to say as a corrugated sheet printing machine. The processing machine is alternatively or additionally designed as a punching machine and / or sheet punching machine and / or sheet-fed rotary punching machine. The processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, preferably has at least one and more preferably at least two units designed as modules. The at least one module and more preferably the at least two modules each preferably have at least one drive of their own. At least one of the at least two modules is preferably designed as a processing module, in particular as a coating module.

In an alternative or additional development, the printing press or sheet-fed printing press is preferably additionally characterized in that the at least one coating module is designed as a printing module and / or as a non-impact coating module. Insofar as features are described above and below on the basis of an embodiment as a sheet processing machine, these also apply to a general processing machine, in particular also to a processing machine that is designed for processing at least web-shaped substrates, i.e. a web processing machine, at least insofar as this does not result in any contradictions . In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as Sheet-fed printing machine designed processing machine preferably characterized in that at least one further of the at least two modules is arranged at least one coating module, which is designed as a primer module and / or as a painting module. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that at least one further of the at least two has at least one drying device or drying device and / or is designed as at least one drying module. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that this drying device or drying device or the at least one drying module has at least one energy output device designed as a hot air source.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, has a transport path provided for transporting the substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheets, and more preferably that at least the one through the non Impact coating module defined section of this for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet provided transport path is at least substantially flat and / or extends substantially horizontally. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that, with regard to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet, at least one coating device and / or after at least one drying device or drying device Inspection device is arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as Sheet-fed printing machine designed processing machine preferably characterized in that at least one of the at least two modules is designed as a flexo coating module. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that at least one diagonal register setting device is arranged as part of the respective flexo coating module. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the at least one flexo coating module is designed as a primer module and / or as a printing module and / or as a painting module.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that at least one coating module designed as a primer module is arranged in addition to the non-impact coating module, which has its own drying device or drying device and at least one coating module designed as a painting module is arranged which has its own drying device or drying device. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that a transport means provided for the transport of sheets through an active area of the drying device or drying device of the primer module can be driven by means of a drive of the primer module and / or that a for the Transport of sheets through an active area of the drying device or drying device of the painting module provided transport means can be driven by means of a drive of the painting module. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that an area of action of the drying device or drying device of the at least one other of the at least two modules with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet, after an application point this at least one further of the at least two modules is arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the at least one non-impact coating module is arranged one behind the other along a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet, with respect to at least one coupling device has correspondingly constructed receiving devices, each of which is designed to optionally receive a standard assembly designed as at least one print head assembly or as at least one dryer assembly.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the non-impact coating module has its own, in particular integrated, drying device or drying device. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that, along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet, at least one first application point provided for colored coating means at least one non-impact coating module and then an effective area of at least one drying device assigned to the first application point and then at least one further application point provided for colored coating agent of at least one non-impact coating module and then an effective area of at least one further drying device assigned to the further application point. This enables intermediate drying. In this way, it is possible, for example, to prevent the water-based coating agent from acting on the substrate for too long before a further application site is applied again coating agent. In this way, undesired deformations of the substrate can be reduced or prevented. Such deformations can, for example, cause expansion in the plane of the substrate. Such deformations can, for example, also cause the substrate to bend and / or become wavy due to an uneven expansion of the substrate. This results in a higher print quality, for example, in particular with regard to the register. Alternatively or additionally, this allows print heads belonging to the further application point not to be damaged by a deformed substrate. Damage and repair-related costs can thus be reduced or avoided.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that at least one print head is and / or can be connected to at least one positioning device, and more preferably that the at least one positioning device has at least one positioning drive. Corresponding subsequent print heads can then be switched off, for example from the transport path of the substrate, should a dangerous deformation of the substrate occur. With the positioning drive, this can be done automatically and, in particular, sufficiently quickly. Alternatively or in addition, these corresponding subsequent print heads can be easily cleaned by means of a cleaning device if contact has nevertheless taken place when these print heads are moved out of their printing position. This allows costs to be reduced, especially those for repairs and / or cleaning processes.

A module is preferably to be understood as a respective unit or a structure made up of several units, which has at least its own controllable and / or regulatable drive and / or at least one transfer device for sheets and / or at least one with no deviation or with a deviation of at most 5 cm beginning and / or ending at a first standard height that is the same for several modules Has section of a transport path provided for a transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet, and / or is designed as an independently functioning module and / or machine unit or functional assembly that is manufactured and / or assembled individually.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that it has at least two units designed as modules and that the at least two modules each have at least one drive of their own and that at least one of the at least two modules is non-impact Coating module is formed and that at least one of the at least two modules is designed as a drying module. Like other sheet processing machines with a modular structure, this has the particular advantage that assemblies of the sheet processing machine designed as modules allow a cost-effective and particularly variable structure as well as a subsequent expandability of processing machines.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that it has a transport path provided for transporting the substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheets, and that for a plurality, more preferably at least three and even more preferably For all of the modules of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, a particular section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet, which is defined by the respective module, has a minimum radius of curvature that is at least 2 meters and / or as a whole Area of the respective module has a direction which deviates by at most 30 ° from at least one horizontal direction. In this way, in particular, sheets with a particularly large thickness can also be processed, which are only slightly bendable. For example, corrugated cardboard sheets with a thickness of, for example, 10 mm can be used or edit more. It is also ensured that modules can be easily connected to one another, in particular again without deforming the arches too much or at all.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the at least two modules each have at least one drive of their own, each of which serves to transport the substrate to be processed, in particular printing material and / or sheets through it respective module and / or through at least one area of action of this respective module and / or which serves to directly or indirectly drive and / or at least one component of the respective module intended for contact with the substrate to be processed, in particular printing material and / or sheet that each of its own drives is designed as a position-regulated electric motor. A position-regulated electric motor is also to be understood in particular as a servomotor and / or in particular also to be understood as an electric motor which can be regulated with respect to the angular position of its rotor, even if it is not operated in this way or is not operated permanently. This increases the flexibility when assembling individual modules and the drive power can be optimized regardless of the overall size of the processing machine. The transport effected by the respective drive does not necessarily have to take place through the entire respective module. For example, for transport through the respective module, several drives can act one after the other on the substrate, in particular temporarily alone and / or temporarily together.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that it has at least three modules and that at least one of the at least three modules is used as a sheet feeder module and / or as a preparation module and / or as a system module and / or as a primer module and / or as a transport module and / or as a Painting module and / or as a post-treatment module and / or as a shaping module and / or as a punching module and / or as a delivery module and that for a majority, more preferably at least three and even more preferably all of the modules of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, the following applies each module has at least its own drive.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that each module of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, has at least its own drive and / or that, with the exception of an optionally arranged feeder module and / or with the exception of one Optionally arranged delivery module for all modules of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, it applies that a particular section of the transport path provided for the transport of the substrate to be processed, in particular printing material and / or sheets, which is defined by the respective module, has a minimum radius of curvature of at least 2 meters and / or has a direction in the entire area of the respective module which deviates from at least one horizontal direction by at most 30 °.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that drive controls and / or drive controllers or drive controls of the individual modules can be operated individually and independently of one another and / or that the individual modules of the processing machine are coordinated with one another with regard to their drives can be operated and / or operated and / or that the individual modules of the processing machine can be operated and / or operated in a coordinated manner by means of at least one electronic master axis, at least with regard to their drives. This enables high machining precision to be achieved despite the modular structure. The terms drive controller and drive control should be mentioned above and apply synonymously in the following.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the sheet processing machine has at least one unit which has at least one suction transport means designed as a suction belt for transporting sheets in one transport direction and that this has at least one suction belt with at least three has conveyor belts spaced apart from one another in a transverse direction and that at least one displacement means is arranged by means of which at least one of the at least three conveyor belts can be displaced laterally in and / or against the transverse direction, in particular adjustable. More preferably, the at least one unit for aligning sheets with respect to the transverse direction has at least one side stop arranged in a stationary manner, in particular during operation of the sheet processing machine, and / or at least one side mark arranged in a stationary manner, particularly during operation of the sheet processing machine, even more preferably at least two such side stops and / or at least two such side marks.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that it has at least three modules and at least two modules each have at least one transfer means which serves to transport sheets between this respective module on the one hand and at least one to support or carry out another module on the other hand and / or that a section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet, which is determined by the respective module, begins at a respective input height of the respective module and / or at a respective output height of the respective module Module ends and for several modules of the processing machine it applies that the respective entrance height of the respective module by the same first standard height differs by a maximum of 5 cm and / or the respective starting height of the respective module deviates from the same first standard height by a maximum of 5 cm and / or the respective entrance height of the respective module deviates from the respective starting height of the respective module by a maximum of 5 cm. In particular, this ensures that modules can be easily connected to one another, in particular again without deforming the arches significantly or at all.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that at least the non-impact coating module and the drying module each have at least one suction transport device and / or that the non-impact coating module is designed as an inkjet coating module. This enables particularly precise printing, especially for flexible print images.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the non-impact coating module has at least one and preferably exactly one transport means designed as a suction belt.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the conveyor belt of the at least one suction belt of the coating device, in particular the non-impact coating device, further preferably has a width of at least 30 cm, preferably at least 50 cm, measured in the transverse direction at least 100 cm and even more preferably at least 150 cm.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the at least one coating module, in particular a non-impact coating module has at least one standing surface for at least one operator, which is at least temporarily arranged and / or can be arranged vertically above the suction belt, in particular above the conveyor belt of the suction belt.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that at least one tensioning means is arranged to set and / or maintain a particularly mechanical tension of the conveyor belt of the suction belt, in particular is arranged in contact with the conveyor belt. The at least one tensioning means is preferably displaceable in and / or against at least one tensioning direction and / or all of the components of the at least one tensioning means that are in contact with the at least one conveyor belt are arranged to be jointly linearly movable.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that at least one post-drying device is arranged which has at least one air outlet opening which is at least partially aligned with the at least one and preferably exactly one transport means of the non-impact coating module designed as a suction belt and further preferred that at least one air supply line of this at least one post-drying device for energy transfer and / or for gas transfer by means of at least one gas line and / or at least one heat exchanger is connected to at least one air discharge line of at least one drying device or drying device upstream with respect to the transport direction of the suction belt.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the drying device or drying device has at least one as Has an energy output device designed as an infrared radiation source and / or that the drying device or drying device has at least one energy output device designed as a UV radiation source and / or that the drying device or drying device has at least one energy output device designed as an electron beam source.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that at least one of the at least two modules is designed as a substrate feed device and that at least one, in particular at least one other of the at least two modules, is used as a processing module, in particular a printing module and / or Shaping module and / or punching module is formed and that preferably the substrate supply device has at least one primary acceleration means with a primary drive or primary acceleration drive of the substrate supply device and at least one arranged along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet, after the at least one primary acceleration means having secondary acceleration means with secondary drive or secondary acceleration drive of the substrate supply device. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means is arranged below a storage area provided for storing a stack of sheets and that the at least one processing module, in particular a printing module and / or shaping module and / or a punching module is assigned a drive for a transport of sheets which is different from the primary drive of the substrate feed device and the secondary drive of the substrate feed device. This has the particular advantage that a particularly effective acceleration of the sheets can take place independently of processing processes, for example printing processes and / or punching processes.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, has at least three units designed as modules and that the at least three modules each have at least one drive of their own and / or that the A processing machine designed as a sheet-fed printing machine has a plurality of units designed as printing modules, each of which has at least one drive of its own.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means is designed as at least one acceleration means that acts in particular exclusively on a respective bottom sheet of a stack and / or a respective underside of the sheets and / or that the at least one printing module is designed as a printing module that applies coating means from above and / or that the at least one printing module is designed as a non-impact coating unit and / or as an inkjet printing unit. If several printing modules are arranged, this preferably applies to several and more preferably all of the printing modules. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the drying device or drying device is designed as a drying device or drying device acting and / or capable of acting from above.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that sheets can be accelerated and / or accelerated to a first speed by means of the at least one primary acceleration means and that sheets, in particular from the first speed, are accelerated by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means Speed can be accelerated to a second speed and / or are accelerated, which is greater than the first speed and / or that the second speed is a printing speed provided for transporting the sheets through the at least one printing unit. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means is designed as at least one acceleration means acting in particular exclusively on a respective underside of the sheet.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that it has at least two units designed as modules and that preferably the at least two modules each have at least one drive of their own and that preferably at least one of the at least two modules is designed as a substrate feeder module and that the substrate feeder is preferably at least one primary accelerator with a primary drive of the substrate feeder and at least one secondary accelerator arranged along a transport path provided for a transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet in the transport direction after the at least one primary accelerator having a secondary drive of the substrate supply device and that preferably at least one further module at least one of the primary The drive of the substrate feed device and the secondary drive of the substrate feed device are assigned various other drives for transporting sheets. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the primary drive and the secondary drive and the at least one further drive are each designed as a position-controlled electric motor and that a drive control of the primary drive is derived from a drive control of the secondary Drive is different and that a drive control of the at least one further drive is also preferred Drive control of the primary drive and the drive control of the secondary drive is different and that preferably the drive control of the primary drive and the drive control of the secondary drive and more preferably also the drive control of the at least one further drive are connected by circuitry to a machine control of the sheet processing machine. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that at least one sheet sensor of the substrate feed device for detecting a respective leading edge and / or a respective trailing edge of respective sheets is arranged aligned with the intended transport path. A detection area of this at least one sheet sensor and the transport path provided for transporting sheets preferably overlap. A leading edge is to be understood as meaning in particular an edge that leads during the transport of the respective sheet. A rear edge is to be understood in particular as an edge trailing during the transport of the respective sheet.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that a drive control of the primary drive is different from a drive control of the secondary drive and that a drive control of the drive of the processing module, in particular the printing module and / or shaping module and / or Punching module is different from the drive control of the primary drive and from the drive control of the secondary drive and / or that a drive control of the primary drive and a different drive control of the secondary drive and a different drive control of the drive of the printing module and / or shaping module and / or punching module are directly or indirectly connected in terms of circuitry to a machine control of the sheet processing machine, which is in particular designed as a sheet-fed printing machine. This means that the drive control of the primary drive and the Drive control of the secondary drive and a drive control of the drive of the processing module are each different in pairs and are preferably each connected by circuitry to a machine control of the sheet processing machine. This circuit connection is to be understood as meaning in particular cases in which the machine control is directly connected to the respective drive control, as well as cases in which, for example, one or more regulators and / or controls and / or other entities are interposed.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that, as the at least one primary acceleration means, a plurality of subsets of primary acceleration means are arranged, which can be operated at least temporarily at sheet speeds that differ from subset to subset and / or each have at least one respective primary drive assigned only to this respective subset of acceleration means and / or the at least one primary acceleration means as at least one transport roller and / or as at least one transport belt and / or as at least one suction transport means and / or as at least one suction belt and / or as at least one suction box belt and / or as at least one roller suction system and / or as at least one suction gripper and / or as at least one suction roller. Each subset can have a primary accelerator or several primary accelerators.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means is used as at least one outgoing transport means of the substrate supply device and / or as at least one transport roller and / or as at least one pair of transport rollers forming a transport gap and / or as at least one conveyor belt and / or as at least one A pair of conveyor belts forming a transport gap and / or as at least one suction conveyor and / or as at least one suction belt and / or as at least one suction box belt and / or as at least one roller suction system and / or as at least one suction gripper and / or as at least one suction roller .

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means is also designed as a sheet alignment means for alignment with respect to the transverse direction and / or a pivot position and / or that the at least one secondary acceleration means is also designed is designed as a sheet alignment means for alignment with respect to the transverse direction and / or a pivot position.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that it has at least one suction transport means designed as a suction belt and that this has at least one suction transport means at least one, in particular, flexible transport belt, which is parallel to at least one transport section of its circulation path a transport direction along a portion of a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet, in particular over a transport length. The at least one conveyor belt preferably has a plurality of suction openings. Preferably, at least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least ten, in particular with respect to the transport direction, at least two, more preferably at least three, and even more preferably at least ten vacuum chambers that are separate and / or separable with respect to the transport direction are arranged one behind the other along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheets are each having at least one suction opening. The at least one conveyor belt preferably covers at least one suction opening of a plurality of each in its transport section of its circulation path and / or all of these vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other at least partially. As a result, sheets that are relatively thick or, for other reasons, relatively difficult to bend for other reasons can also be transported very precisely and flatly and safely, in particular sheets of corrugated cardboard, even if these sheets are braced and / or curved and / or in a flat position counteract and / or tend to lift off a conveyor belt, for example in edge areas or central areas. This is particularly possible even when working with small sheets 02 and / or large distances between sheets 02 and / or a first sheet 02 and / or a last sheet 02.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that it has at least one conveyor belt, which preferably has at least one transport section of its circulation path parallel to a transport direction along a partial area of a substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet provided transport path extends. At least one coating point of at least one coating unit of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably arranged along the transport section of the at least one transport belt, more preferably several coating points. Preferably, at least one belt alignment means of the at least one conveyor belt is arranged in contact with the at least one conveyor belt. By setting a position of the at least one belt alignment means relative to at least one, in particular, stationary frame of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, a position of the at least one conveyor belt with respect to a horizontal transverse direction oriented orthogonally to the transport direction can preferably be influenced. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the at least one tape alignment means is at least one, for example, as an electric motor and / or as Pneumatic cylinder and / or as a hydraulic cylinder and / or as a linear drive designed alignment drive and / or that the at least one tape alignment means is controllable and / or adjustable by means of a computing device.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the at least one strip alignment means is designed as at least one strip alignment roller, the axis of rotation of which can be changed in its orientation and / or that the at least one strip alignment means has at least one radial bearing, whose axis of rotation can be displaced, at least with respect to a direction of compensation, at least relative to at least one, in particular, stationary frame of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, and / or that the at least one tape alignment means has at least two radial bearings arranged at a distance in the transverse direction, whose axes of rotation are at least relative to each other and with regard to a direction of compensation / or independently of one another and / or relative to at least one, in particular, stationary frame which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine ldete processing machine are arranged displaceably. The at least one radial bearing can preferably be linearly displaced at least in and / or counter to the compensation direction and / or the at least two radial bearings can be displaced linearly at least in and / or counter to the compensation direction.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, has at least one coating unit designed as a non-impact coating unit and that the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, has at least one conveyor belt that moves with at least one transport section of its circulation path parallel to a transport direction along a partial area of a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet. At least one coating point of at least one coating unit of the processing machine, preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably arranged along the transport section of the at least one transport belt, more preferably several coating points. The at least one coating unit preferably has at least one print head, and the at least one print head is further preferably arranged connected to at least one first frame of the at least one coating unit. The at least one conveyor belt is preferably arranged connected to at least one second frame via at least one deflection means and at least one radial bearing. Furthermore, the at least one first frame, apart from at least one set-up area, particularly below the at least one coating unit and / or below the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is connected to the second frame at most via mechanically flexible connections. Such connections, in particular mechanically flexible, are, for example, supply lines for electricity and / or data and / or gas and / or gas mixtures and / or liquids. In this way, the at least one print head can be decoupled particularly effectively from any vibrations that could be caused by the at least one conveyor belt and / or its deflection means and / or its drive.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that at least one protrusion sensor for detecting at least one spatial extent of sheets is arranged along a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheets, and / or that at least one compression device is arranged which has at least one first compression body and at least one second compression body and has at least one force element and / or that the at least one first compression body is arranged such that it can be moved from a through layer towards the at least one second compression body into a compression position by means of the at least one force element and / or that with the first compression element arranged in the through layer, the at least one force element is prestressed and / or that the at least one compression device has at least one restraint device which can be switched at least between a restraint state and a release state and which is arranged to prevent movement of the at least one first compression body from its passage position into its compression position in the restraint state.

A method for operating a processing machine, in particular designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferred, at least one sheet being transported by means of a suction transport means designed as a suction belt, which has at least one, in particular, flexible transport belt, which has at least one transport section of its circulation path parallel to a transport direction along a portion of a Transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet, in particular moved over a transport length and preferably at least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least along the transport path provided for transporting substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet five and even more preferably at least ten, in particular with respect to the transport direction, separate and / or separable vacuum chambers are arranged one behind the other, each of which at least ei Have a suction opening. In this case, the at least one conveyor belt in its transport section of its circulation path preferably covers at least one suction opening of several and / or all of these vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other, at least partially. In this case, a respective negative pressure of the at least two successively arranged negative pressure chambers is preferably in each case individually and varying over time as a function of at least such Affects data that characterize a position of the at least one sheet along the transport section of the circulation path of the at least one transport belt. As a result, suction power and thus also energy can be saved, in particular because at least temporarily no attempt is made to apply negative pressure to negative pressure chambers that are in any case insufficiently sealed.

A method for operating a processing machine designed in particular as a sheet-fed printing machine is preferred. The method is preferably characterized in that sheets originating from a stack are separated. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are each accelerated to a first speed by means of at least one primary acceleration means of a substrate supply device driven by a primary drive, with the at least one primary drive further preferably being designed as a position-regulated electric motor . In particular, the at least one primary acceleration means itself is preferably accelerated positively in order to positively accelerate the respective sheet, in particular while there is contact between the respective sheet on the one hand and the primary acceleration means on the other hand. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are then accelerated to a second speed by means of at least one secondary acceleration means of the substrate supply device driven by a secondary drive, with the at least one secondary drive further preferably being designed as a position-regulated electric motor and / or the second speed is greater than the first speed. In particular, the at least one secondary acceleration means itself is preferably accelerated positively in order to positively accelerate the respective sheet, in particular while there is contact between the respective sheet on the one hand and the primary acceleration means on the other hand.

The method stands out in an alternative or additional development preferably in that sheets originating from a stack are singled out by means of at least one primary acceleration means of a substrate feed device, in particular from below, and individually accelerated in a transport direction, in particular to a transfer speed and / or a catch-up speed. Preferably, the at least partially separated sheets are each transferred in particular from the at least one first acceleration device to at least one secondary acceleration device, which is arranged behind the at least one front stop, in particular with respect to the transport direction. The sheets are preferably transported in particular along a transport path provided for transporting the sheets from the substrate supply device to at least one further module of the sheet processing machine and more preferably then each transported by means of at least one drive of the at least one further module at a processing speed, in particular individually through the respective further module and processed in this respective further module. A front stack boundary plane preferably has a surface normal that is oriented horizontally and / or parallel to the transport direction. The front stack boundary plane is preferably defined by a plurality of front edges, oriented in the transport direction and / or facing the second acceleration means, of the not yet separated sheets of the particular remaining stack. A front edge is to be understood here in particular as an edge and / or a front delimitation leading during transport, even if this can be at least partially shaped as a surface. A transport speed of the sheets which is greater than the processing speed is preferably referred to as the catch-up speed. It is further preferred that any transport speed of the sheets that is greater than the processing speed is referred to as the catch-up speed. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are arranged to intersect the front stack boundary plane at least at one point in time during their respective transport and are simultaneously transported at a catch-up speed.

In particular along the transport route provided for the transport of sheets.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are then respectively accelerated to a third speed by means of this at least one secondary acceleration means, which is greater than the second speed and that the sheets are then in each case in particular by means of this at least a secondary accelerator can be braked back to the second speed.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are transported along the transport path from the substrate feed device to at least one further module of the sheet processing machine, in particular at least one processing module, in particular printing module and / or shaping module and / or punching module and wherein the sheets are then in each case by means of at least one drive of the at least one further module, in particular the at least one processing module and / or printing module and / or shaping module and / or punching module with a processing speed, in particular printing speed and / or shaping speed and / or punching speed by the respective further Module, in particular processing module and / or printing module and / or shaping module and / or punching module transported and thereby in this respective further module, in particular processing module and / or printing module and / or he shaping module and / or punching module are processed, in particular printed and / or shaped and / or punched. The first speed is preferably less than the processing speed, in particular printing speed and / or shaping speed and / or punching speed. The processing speed, in particular the printing speed and / or shaping speed and / or punching speed, is preferably equal to the second speed. The first speed and the second speed and optionally the third speed and the processing speed and the printing speed and / or shaping speed and / or punching speed always relate to the transport speed of the substrate, in particular the sheet, and / or to the surface speed or peripheral speed of the respective component or accelerator.

One advantage is that sheets can be accelerated in an optimized way. In particular, excessive acceleration forces and thus damage to the sheet can thereby be avoided. In addition, it can be avoided that an accelerator has to be accelerated from a standstill to the processing speed. In this way, particularly high forces can also be avoided with the acceleration means. By using position-regulated electric drives, the conditions can be optimally adapted to a wide variety of sheet lengths and / or sheet thicknesses and / or sheet dimensions.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the printing speed is equal to the second speed and / or that the second speed is greater than the first speed and / or the first speed by at least 10%, more preferably by at least 20% and even more preferably at least 30% less than the processing speed, in particular printing speed and / or that the first speed is at least 20%, more preferably at least 30% and even more preferably at least 40% of the second speed and / or that the first speed is at most 80% and more preferably at most 70% and even more preferably at most 60% of the second speed and / or that the third speed is at least 10% and more preferably by at least 20% and even more preferably by at least 30% and even more preferably at least 50% greater i st than the second speed.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets in the at least one printing module are printed from above and / or are printed using at least one non-impact printing method and / or using an inkjet printing method. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets in the at least one printing module are printed from below and / or are printed using at least one flexographic printing process and / or using a rotary printing process. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are punched in the at least one punching module by means of a punching cylinder that acts on the sheets from above. For example, the at least one printing module is designed as a coating agent from above and / or the at least one printing module is designed as a non-impact coating module and / or as an inkjet printing module and / or the at least one printing module is designed and / or is designed as a coating agent from below the at least one printing module designed as a flexo coating module. For example, the at least one processing module is designed as a shaping module and / or a punching module having a punching cylinder that acts on the sheets from above.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that at least one sheet sensor detects a trailing edge of a preceding sheet and generates a trailing edge signal and that at least one sheet sensor detects a leading edge of a trailing sheet and generates a leading edge signal and that the acceleration and / or the braking of the respective in particular trailing sheet is controlled and / or regulated by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means and / or by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means taking into account the trailing edge signal and the leading edge signal.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary drive and the at least one secondary drive are operated in a coordinated manner, particularly taking into account the trailing edge signal and / or the leading edge signal, so that a gap between a preceding sheet and a trailing sheet is reduced and / or set to a value within a predetermined tolerance range around a target value.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that a primary acceleration profile is stored for the at least one primary accelerator and / or its primary drive and / or that a secondary acceleration profile for the at least one secondary accelerator and / or its secondary Drive is stored and / or that the primary acceleration profile and / or preferably the secondary acceleration profile is modified as a function of signals from the at least one arc sensor.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are in contact with both the primary accelerator and the secondary accelerator at at least one point in time, and more preferably at least at this time the primary accelerator and the secondary accelerator have the same speed, especially the first speed.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that braking the at least one primary accelerator does not cause any braking of the sheet that was accelerated directly beforehand with this primary accelerator and / or that the at least one secondary accelerator is not braked Braking the respective sheet accelerated directly beforehand with this secondary acceleration means causes. This is due, for example, to the fact that the respective accelerator only brakes when the sheet has already come out of contact with it.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets in the at least one printing module are printed from above and / or that the sheets in the at least one printing module are printed from above using a non-impact printing method and / or using an inkjet printing method be printed.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means is brought into contact with the sheets on a respective lower side of the sheet, in particular exclusively the respective lower side. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means has at least one transport gap in which the sheets are at least partially arranged, while the at least one secondary acceleration means accelerates them to the second speed. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means is brought into contact with the sheets on a respective lower side of the sheet, in particular exclusively the respective lower side.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that during the acceleration by means of the at least one primary acceleration means, a displacement of the respective sheet with respect to a transverse direction and / or a pivoting movement of the respective sheet about a pivot axis extending orthogonally to the transverse direction and / or or a setting a phase position of the respective sheet to at least one subsequent component transporting the sheet of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, and / or that during the acceleration by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means, a displacement of the respective sheet with respect to the transverse direction and / or a pivoting movement of the respective sheet takes place around a pivot axis running orthogonally to the transverse direction and / or an adjustment of a phase position of the respective sheet to at least one subsequent component transporting the sheet of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the substrate supply device is designed as a module of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine.

Embodiments of the invention are shown in the drawings and are described in more detail below.

Fig. 1

eine schematische Darstellung eines Bogenanlegeraggregats;

Fig. 2a

ein erster Abschnitt einer schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschinen mehreren als Flexobeschichtungsmodule ausgebildeten Modulen und alternativem Bogenanlegeraggregat;

Fig. 2b

ein zweiter Abschnitt der schematische Darstellung der beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschinen gemäß Fig. 2a;

Fig. 2c

ein dritter Abschnitt der schematische Darstellung der beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschinen gemäß Fig. 2a;

Fig. 3

eine schematische Darstellung eines Konditionierungsaggregats;

Fig. 4

eine schematische Darstellung eines Anlageaggregats;

Fig. 5a

eine schematische Darstellung eines als Flexobeschichtungsaggregat ausgebildeten, von oben beschichtenden Beschichtungsaggregats mit einlaufendem Transportmittel und auslaufendem Transportmittel;

Fig. 5b

eine schematische Darstellung eines als Flexobeschichtungsaggregat ausgebildeten, von oben beschichtenden Beschichtungsaggregats;

Fig. 5c

eine schematische Darstellung eines als Flexobeschichtungsaggregat ausgebildeten, von unten beschichtenden Beschichtungsaggregats mit einlaufendem Transportmittel und auslaufendem Transportmittel;

Fig. 5d

eine schematische Darstellung eines als Flexobeschichtungsaggregat ausgebildeten, von unten beschichtenden Beschichtungsaggregats;

Fig. 6

eine schematische Darstellung eines als Non Impact Beschichtungsaggregat ausgebildeten, von oben beschichtenden Beschichtungsaggregats;

Fig. 7

eine schematische Darstellung eines Trocknungsaggregats;

Fig. 8a

eine schematische Darstellung eines als Saugband ausgebildeten Saugtransportmittels;

Fig. 8b

eine schematische Darstellung eines als Rollensaugsystem ausgebildeten Saugtransportmittels;

Fig. 8c

eine schematische Darstellung eines Längsschnitts eines als Saugkastenband ausgebildeten Saugtransportmittels;

Fig. 8d

eine schematische Darstellung eines Querschnitts eines als Saugkastenband ausgebildeten Saugtransportmittels;

Fig. 9

eine schematische Darstellung eines Transportaggregats

Fig. 10

eine schematische Darstellung eines Formgebungsaggregats;

Fig. 11

eine schematische Darstellung eines Auslageaggregats;

Fig. 12a

eine schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschinen mit vier Druckstellen;

Fig. 12b

eine schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschinen mit vier Druckstellen, Grundierungsmodul und Lackierungsmodul;

Fig. 12c

eine schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschinen mit acht Druckstellen, Grundierungsmodul und Lackierungsmodul;

Fig. 13

eine schematische Darstellung von primären und sekundären Beschleunigungsmitteln mit eigenen Antrieben;

Fig. 14a

eine schematische Darstellung von primären und sekundären Beschleunigungsmitteln, wobei mehrere primäre Antriebe angeordnet sind;

Fig. 14b

eine schematische Darstellung von primären und sekundären Beschleunigungsmitteln, wobei mehrere unterschiedliche Abstandshalter angeordnet sind;

Fig. 15

eine schematische Darstellung von primären und sekundären Beschleunigungsmitteln, wobei eine Zusatzeinrichtung zum Detektieren von fehlerhaft transportierten und/oder fehlerhaft beschaffenen Bogen zum Aussortieren von Bogen und/oder zum Festhalten und/oder zum Zurückdrängen von Bogen angeordnet ist;

Fig. 16a

eine schematische Darstellung von primären und sekundären Beschleunigungsmitteln, wobei als sekundäres Beschleunigungsmittel ein einen Transportspalt bildendes Paar von Transportbändern angeordnet ist;

Fig. 16b

eine schematische Darstellung von primären und sekundären Beschleunigungsmitteln, wobei als primäre Beschleunigungsmittel zumindest ein Transportband und/oder zumindest ein als Saugband ausgebildetes Transportmittel angeordnet ist;

Fig. 16c

eine schematische Darstellung von primären und sekundären Beschleunigungsmitteln, die jeweils als zumindest ein Transportband und/oder zumindest ein als Saugband ausgebildetes Transportmittel ausgebildet sind;

Fig. 17a

eine schematische Darstellung eines als Modul ausgebildeten Non Impact Beschichtungsaggregats mit vier von Druckkopfbaugruppen belegten Aufnahmeeinrichtungen;

Fig. 17b

eine schematische Darstellung eines als Modul ausgebildeten Non Impact Beschichtungsaggregats vier Aufnahmeeinrichtungen, von denen zwei von Druckkopfbaugruppen belegt sind und eine von einer Trocknerbaugruppe belegt ist und eine unbelegt ist;

Fig. 17c

eine schematische Darstellung eines als Modul ausgebildeten Non Impact Beschichtungsaggregats vier Aufnahmeeinrichtungen, von denen zwei von Druckkopfbaugruppen belegt sind und zwei von einer Trocknerbaugruppe belegt sind;

Fig. 17d

eine schematische Darstellung eines als Modul ausgebildeten Non Impact Beschichtungsaggregats vier Aufnahmeeinrichtungen, von denen zwei von Druckkopfbaugruppen belegt sind und zwei unbelegt sind;

Fig. 18a

eine schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschine mit einem Druckmodul mit Trocknerbaugruppe zwischen Druckkopfbaugruppen;

Fig. 18b

eine schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschine mit zwei Druckmodulen, wobei im ersten Druckmodul Druckkopfbaugruppen und eine Trocknerbaugruppe angeordnet sind und im zweiten Druckmodul nur Druckkopfbaugruppen angeordnet sind;

Fig. 18c

eine schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschine mit einem Druckmodul, das eine Trocknerbaugruppe zwischen Druckkopfbaugruppen und eine Trocknungsvorrichtung vor jeder Auftragstelle des Druckmoduls und ein durchgehendes Transportmittel des Druckmoduls aufweist;

Fig. 18d

eine schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschine mit einem Transportmittel aufweist, auf das Druckköpre und Trocknungsvorrichtungen ausgerichtet angeordnet sind;

Fig. 19a

eine schematische Darstellung eines als Saugband ausgebildeten Saugtransortmittels mit einer Unterdruckkammer in Transportrichtung;

Fig. 19b

eine schematische Darstellung eines als Saugband ausgebildeten Saugtransortmittels mit mehreren in Transportrichtung hintereinander angeordneten Unterdruckkammern und mehreren Unterdruckquellen;

Fig. 19c

eine schematische Darstellung eines als Saugband ausgebildeten Saugtransortmittels mit mehreren in Transportrichtung hintereinander angeordneten Unterdruckkammern, mehreren Unterdruckquellen und Ventilen;

Fig. 20

eine schematische Darstellung eines Transportbands mit Bandausrichtmittel und Spannmittel;

Fig. 21a

eine schematische Darstellung eines Transportmittels mit Transportband und Komprimierungseinrichtung, wobei ein Komprimierungskörper in einer Durchgangslage angeordnet ist;

Fig. 21b

eine schematische Darstellung gemäß Fig. 21a, wobei ein Komprimierungskörper in einer Komprimierungslage angeordnet ist;

Fig. 22a

eine schematische Darstellung eines ersten und eines zweiten Gestells eines Beschichtungsaggregats in perspektivischer Ansicht, wobei Druckköpfe der Übersichtlichkeit halber nicht dargestellt sind;

Fig. 22b

eine schematische Darstellung eines ersten und eines zweiten Gestells eines Beschichtungsaggregats mit Druckköpfen und Positioniervorrichtung in Transportrichtung gesehen;

Fig. 22c

eine schematische Darstellung eines ersten und eines zweiten Gestells eines Beschichtungsaggregats mit Druckköpfen und Positioniervorrichtung in Querrichtung gesehen;

Fig. 23

eine schematische Darstellung eines Bogenanlegeraggregats in Querrichtung;

Fig. 24

eine schematische perspektivische Darstellung eines Bogenanlegeraggregat gemäß Fig. 23;

Fig. 25a

eine schematische perspektivische Darstellung eines Bogenanlegeraggregat gemäß Fig. 23 von oben;

Fig. 25b

eine schematische perspektivische Darstellung eines Bogenanlegeraggregat gemäß Fig. 25a von oben mit bezüglich der Querrichtung verlagerten Transportbändern;

Fig. 26a

eine schematische Darstellung eines ersten beispielhaften Verlaufs einer Geschwindigkeit, mit der ein Bogen transportiert wird, in Abhängigkeit von der Zeit;

Fig. 26b

eine schematische Darstellung eines zweiten beispielhaften Verlaufs einer Geschwindigkeit, mit der ein Bogen transportiert wird, in Abhängigkeit von der Zeit;

Fig. 26c

eine schematische Darstellung eines dritten beispielhaften Verlaufs einer Geschwindigkeit, mit der ein Bogen transportiert wird, in Abhängigkeit von der Zeit.

Show it:

Fig. 1

a schematic representation of a sheet feeder unit;

Fig. 2a

a first section of a schematic illustration of an exemplary processing machine, several modules designed as flexo coating modules and an alternative sheet feeder unit;

Figure 2b

a second section of the schematic representation of the exemplary processing machines according to FIG Fig. 2a ;

Figure 2c

a third section of the schematic representation of the exemplary Processing machines according to Fig. 2a ;

Fig. 3

a schematic representation of a conditioning unit;

Fig. 4

a schematic representation of a plant unit;

Figure 5a

a schematic representation of a coating unit designed as a flexo coating unit and coating from above with incoming transport means and outgoing transport means;

Figure 5b

a schematic representation of a coating unit designed as a flexo coating unit and coating from above;

Figure 5c

a schematic representation of a coating unit designed as a flexo coating unit and coating from below with incoming transport means and outgoing transport means;

Fig. 5d

a schematic representation of a coating unit designed as a flexo coating unit and coating from below;

Fig. 6

a schematic representation of a coating unit designed as a non-impact coating unit and coating from above;

Fig. 7

a schematic representation of a drying unit;

Figure 8a

a schematic representation of a suction conveyor designed as a suction belt;

Figure 8b

a schematic representation of one designed as a roller suction system Suction transport means;

Figure 8c

a schematic representation of a longitudinal section of a suction conveyor designed as a suction box belt;

Figure 8d

a schematic representation of a cross section of a suction transport means designed as a suction box belt;

Fig. 9

a schematic representation of a transport unit

Fig. 10

a schematic representation of a shaping unit;

Fig. 11

a schematic representation of a delivery unit;

Figure 12a

a schematic representation of an exemplary processing machine with four printing points;

Figure 12b

a schematic representation of an exemplary processing machine with four printing points, primer module and painting module;

Figure 12c

a schematic representation of an exemplary processing machine with eight pressure points, primer module and painting module;

Fig. 13

a schematic representation of primary and secondary acceleration means with their own drives;

Figure 14a

a schematic representation of primary and secondary acceleration means, wherein a plurality of primary drives are arranged;

Figure 14b

a schematic representation of primary and secondary acceleration means, wherein several different spacers are arranged;

Fig. 15

a schematic representation of primary and secondary acceleration means, with an additional device for detecting incorrectly transported and / or incorrectly procured sheets for sorting out sheets and / or for holding and / or for pushing back sheets;

Figure 16a

a schematic representation of primary and secondary acceleration means, with a pair of conveyor belts forming a transport gap being arranged as the secondary acceleration means;

Figure 16b

a schematic representation of primary and secondary acceleration means, with at least one transport belt and / or at least one transport means designed as a suction belt being arranged as the primary acceleration means;

Figure 16c

a schematic representation of primary and secondary acceleration means, which are each designed as at least one conveyor belt and / or at least one conveyor designed as a suction belt;

Figure 17a

a schematic representation of a non-impact coating unit designed as a module with four receiving devices occupied by print head assemblies;

Figure 17b

a schematic representation of a non-impact coating unit designed as a module four receiving devices, two of which are from Printhead assemblies are occupied and one is occupied by a dryer assembly and one is unoccupied;

Figure 17c

a schematic representation of a non-impact coating unit designed as a module, four receiving devices, two of which are occupied by print head assemblies and two are occupied by a dryer assembly;

Figure 17d

a schematic representation of a non-impact coating unit designed as a module, four receiving devices, two of which are occupied by print head assemblies and two are unoccupied;

Figure 18a

a schematic representation of an exemplary processing machine with a printing module with dryer assembly between printhead assemblies;

Figure 18b

a schematic representation of an exemplary processing machine with two printing modules, wherein printhead assemblies and a dryer assembly are arranged in the first printing module and only printhead assemblies are arranged in the second printing module;

Figure 18c

a schematic representation of an exemplary processing machine with a printing module, which has a dryer assembly between printhead assemblies and a drying device in front of each application point of the printing module and a continuous transport means of the printing module;

Figure 18d

has a schematic representation of an exemplary processing machine with a transport means, on which the print heads and drying devices are aligned;

Figure 19a

a schematic representation of a suction transport means designed as a suction belt with a vacuum chamber in the transport direction;

Figure 19b

a schematic representation of a suction transport means designed as a suction belt with several vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other in the transport direction and several vacuum sources;

Figure 19c

a schematic representation of a suction transport means designed as a suction belt with several vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other in the transport direction, several vacuum sources and valves;

Fig. 20

a schematic representation of a conveyor belt with belt alignment means and tensioning means;

Figure 21a

a schematic representation of a means of transport with a conveyor belt and compression device, wherein a compression body is arranged in a passage layer;

Figure 21b

a schematic representation according to Figure 21a wherein a compression body is arranged in a compression layer;

Figure 22a

a schematic representation of a first and a second frame of a coating unit in a perspective view, wherein print heads are not shown for the sake of clarity;

Figure 22b

a schematic representation of a first and a second frame of a coating unit with print heads and positioning device seen in the transport direction;

Figure 22c

a schematic representation of a first and a second frame of a coating unit with print heads and positioning device seen in the transverse direction;

Fig. 23

a schematic representation of a sheet feeder unit in the transverse direction;

Fig. 24

a schematic perspective illustration of a sheet feeder assembly according to Fig. 23 ;

Figure 25a

a schematic perspective illustration of a sheet feeder assembly according to Fig. 23 from above;

Figure 25b

a schematic perspective illustration of a sheet feeder assembly according to Figure 25a from above with conveyor belts displaced with respect to the transverse direction;

Figure 26a

a schematic representation of a first exemplary course of a speed at which a sheet is transported, as a function of time;

Figure 26b

a schematic representation of a second exemplary course of a speed at which a sheet is transported, as a function of time;

Figure 26c

a schematic representation of a third exemplary course of a speed at which a sheet is transported, as a function of time.

In the foregoing and in the following, inks and printing inks, but also primers, lacquers and pasty materials are summarized under the term of a coating agent or printing fluid. Printing fluids are preferred materials that are produced by a processing machine 01, in particular a printing machine 01, or at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 of the processing machine 01, in particular at least one printing unit 600 of the printing machine 01, can be transferred and / or transferred to a substrate 02, in particular a printing material 02, and preferably in a finely structured form and / or not only over a large area, preferably visible and / or Establish texture on the substrate 02, in particular printing material 02, which can be felt and / or machine detectable by sensory impressions. Inks and printing inks are preferably solutions or dispersions of at least one colorant in at least one solvent. Examples of suitable solvents are water and / or organic solvents. Alternatively or additionally, the printing fluid can be designed as a printing fluid that cross-links under UV light. Inks are relatively low viscosity printing fluids and printing inks are relatively high viscosity printing fluids. Inks here preferably have no binder or relatively little binder, while printing inks preferably contain a relatively large amount of binder and more preferably further auxiliaries. Colorants can be pigments and / or dyes, pigments being insoluble in the application medium, while dyes are soluble in the application medium.

For the sake of simplicity, in the foregoing and in the following - if not explicitly differentiated and appropriately named - the term "printing ink" should be understood in the sense of a liquid or at least flowable coloring fluid to be printed in the printing machine, which does not only refer to the colloquial term rather than the term "Printing ink" associated higher-viscosity coloring fluids for use in rotary printing machines, but in addition to these higher-viscosity coloring fluids in particular also low-viscosity coloring fluids such as "inks", especially inkjet inks, but also powdery coloring fluids such as. B. toner, includes. So are the previous ones and in the following in particular also means colorless lacquers when printing fluids and / or inks and / or printing inks are mentioned. In the foregoing and in the following, means for a pretreatment (so-called priming or precoating) of the printing substrate 02 are also preferably meant when printing fluids and / or inks and / or printing inks are discussed. As an alternative to the term “pressure fluid”, the term “coating agent” is to be understood synonymously.

A processing machine 01 is preferably designed as a printing machine 01. The processing machine 01 is preferably designed as a sheet processing machine 01, i.e. as a processing machine 01 for processing a sheet-shaped substrate 02 or sheet 02, in particular a sheet-shaped printing material 02. The processing machine 01 is further preferably configured as a corrugated cardboard sheet processing machine 01, i.e. as a processing machine 01 for processing a sheet-like material Substrate 02 or sheet 02 made of corrugated cardboard, in particular sheet-like printing material 02 made of corrugated cardboard. The processing machine 01 is further preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, in particular as a corrugated sheet printing machine 01, i.e. as a printing machine 01 for coating and / or printing sheet-like substrate 02 or sheets 02 made of corrugated board, in particular sheet-like printing material 02 made of corrugated board. For example, the printing machine 01 is designed as a printing machine 01 operating according to a non-impact printing method and / or as a printing machine 01 operating according to a printing forme-related printing method. The printing machine 01 is preferably designed as a non-impact printing machine 01, in particular an inkjet printing machine 01 and / or as a flexographic printing machine 01. The printing machine has, for example, at least one flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 on. As an alternative or in addition, the coating machine 01 preferably has at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800, in particular jet coating unit 400; 600; 800 or ink jet coating unit 400; 600; 800 on. To the extent that features are described above and below using an embodiment as a sheet processing machine 01, these also apply to a general processing machine 01, in particular also for a processing machine 01, which is designed for processing at least web-shaped substrate 02, that is to say a web processing machine, at least insofar as no contradictions arise therefrom. Insofar as sheet 02 is mentioned above and below, the same applies to general substrates, in particular sheets or web-shaped substrates, at least insofar as no contradictions arise therefrom. A transport path for transporting substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, is preferably provided.

Unless explicitly differentiated, the term sheet-shaped substrate 02, in particular a printing material 02, especially sheet 02, should in principle be any flat substrate 02 present in sections, i.e. also substrates 02 present in tabular form or plate-shaped, i.e. also boards or plates, be included. The sheet-like substrate 02 or sheet 02 defined in this way is made of paper or cardboard, for example. H. Formed as a paper or cardboard sheet, or by sheet 02, panels or possibly plates made of plastic, cardboard, glass or metal. The substrate 02 is more preferably corrugated cardboard 02, in particular a sheet of corrugated cardboard 02. A thickness of a sheet 02 is preferably to be understood as a dimension orthogonal to a largest area of the sheet 02. This largest area is also known as the main area. The thickness of the sheets 02 is, for example, at least 0.1 mm, more preferably at least 0.3 mm and even more preferably at least 0.5 mm. In the case of corrugated cardboard sheets 02 in particular, significantly greater thicknesses are also common, for example at least 4 mm or even 10 mm and more. Corrugated cardboard sheets 02 are comparatively stable and therefore not very flexible. Corresponding adaptations of the processing machine 01 therefore facilitate the processing of sheets 02 of great thickness.

The processing machine 01 preferably has a plurality of units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 on. Under an aggregate 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 is preferably to be understood in each case as a group of devices which functionally interact, in particular in order to be able to carry out a preferably self-contained processing operation of sheet 02. For example, at least two and preferably at least three and more preferably all of the units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 as modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 formed or at least assigned to one such. Under a module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 is in particular a respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or a structure made up of several aggregates 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 to understand that preferably at least one transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 and / or at least its own controllable and / or regulatable drive M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 and / or at least one transfer means 03 for sheets 02 and / or at least one with no deviation or with a deviation of at most 5 cm, preferably at most 1 cm and more preferably by at most 2 mm on one for several modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 has the same first standard height beginning and / or ending section of a transport path provided for transporting substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, and / or as an independently functioning module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and / or each manufactured and / or each assembled machine unit or functional assembly is designed.

Under its own controllable and / or adjustable drive M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 of a unit or module is in particular a drive M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 to understand, which is used to drive movements of components of this unit or module and / or the serves to bring about a transport of substrate 02 to be processed, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02 through this respective unit or module and / or through at least one area of action of this respective unit or module and / or which serves to provide at least one contact directly or indirectly to drive the component of the respective unit or module provided with substrate 02 to be processed, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02. The M100 drives; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 of the aggregates 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and / or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the processing machine 01 are preferred as motors M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000, in particular M100 electric motors; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 designed, more preferably as position-regulated electric motors M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000.

Each unit preferably has 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 has at least one drive control and / or at least one drive controller or drive control, which the respective at least one drive M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 of the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 is assigned. The drive controls and / or drive controllers or or drive controls of the individual units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 can preferably be operated individually and independently of one another. The drive controls and / or drive controllers or drive controls of the individual units 100 are also preferred; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 in terms of circuitry linked and / or linked to one another in such a way that one coordinated control and / or regulation of the M100 drives; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 of several or all units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and / or in particular modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the processing machine 01 is made and / or can be.

The coordinated control and / or regulation of the M100 drives; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 of several or all units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and / or in particular modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the processing machine 01 can preferably be carried out and / or monitored by means of a machine control of the processing machine 01 and / or is preferably carried out and / or monitored by a machine control of the processing machine 01. The coordinated control and / or regulation of the M100 drives; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 of several or all units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and / or in particular modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the processing machine 01 can preferably be carried out and / or monitored using at least one BUS system and / or is preferably carried out and / or monitored using at least one BUS system, i.e. preferably takes place using at least one BUS system. In particular, the drive controls of the respective own drives are preferably connected to one another via at least one BUS system.

The individual units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and / or in particular modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the processing machine 01 are therefore at least with regard to their drives M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 can be operated and / or operated preferably electronically coordinated, in particular by means of at least one electronic master axis. An electronic master axis is preferably specified for this, for example from a higher-level machine control of the processing machine 01. In particular, the processing machine is preferably characterized in that at least the drive control of the primary drive M101 and the drive control of the secondary drive M101 and the drive control of the drive M600; M900 of the processing module 600; 900 can be operated and / or operated in a coordinated manner and / or operated and / or operated in a coordinated manner by means of at least one electronic master axis. To generate the electronic master axis, the higher-level machine control accesses, for example, components of a specific control and / or a specific regulator of a specific assembly 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 back. Preference is given to several or more preferably all of the units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and / or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 designed in such a way that it is used as a leading unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and / or as a leading module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 can be used, the remaining units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and / or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 follow and / or are able to follow during operation of the processing machine 01. As an alternative or in addition, the individual units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and / or in particular modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the processing machine 01 at least with regard to its drives M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000, for example, mechanically synchronized and / or synchronizable with one another. The individual units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and / or in particular modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the processing machine 01, however, at least with regard to its drives M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 mechanical decoupled from each other.

Regardless of the specific functional design of the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 has this respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 preferably has at least one transfer means 03, which preferably serves to transport the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular printing material 02 and / or the sheets 02, between this respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 on the one hand and at least one other unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and / or at least one other module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 on the other hand to support or carry out. This applies preferably to several and more preferably to all units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, even more preferably all but one, for example a sheet feeder unit 100. A transfer means 03 is preferably to be understood as a means that supports and / or carries out a transfer. This also includes those means that receive and / or pass on sheets 02. For example, the at least one transfer means 03 is designed as a front transfer means 03 and / or a processing area of the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 arranged upstream with respect to a transport direction T and / or with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one transfer means is designed as a rear transfer means and / or the processing area of the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 with respect to the transport direction T and / or with respect to the transport of Substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02 provided downstream of the transport path. The at least one transfer means 03 is designed, for example, as a passive transfer means 03, for example as at least one support surface 03 and / or at least one support roller. Alternatively, the at least one transfer means 03 is designed as an active, in particular controlled and / or regulated transfer means 03.

Unless otherwise described, the units 100 are distinguished; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the processing machine 01 is preferably each characterized in that the unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 specified section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, is at least substantially flat and more preferably completely flat. A substantially flat section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, is to be understood as meaning a section that has a minimum radius of curvature of at least 2 meters, more preferably at least 5 meters and even more more preferably at least 10 meters and even more preferably at least 50 meters. A completely flat section has an infinitely large radius of curvature and is thus also essentially flat and thus also has a minimum radius of curvature which is at least 2 meters. Unless otherwise described, the units 100 are distinguished; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the processing machine 01 is preferably each characterized in that the unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 defined section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, at least substantially horizontally and more preferably runs exclusively horizontally. This transport path preferably extends in the transport direction T. A substantially horizontal transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, means in particular that the transport path provided in the entire area of the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 has one or more and / or exclusively directions which deviate from at least one horizontal direction by at most 30 °, preferably at most 15 ° and more preferably at most 5 °. The direction of the transport path is in particular that direction in which the sheets 02 are transported at the point at which the direction is measured. The transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheets 02, preferably begins at a point where the sheets 02 are removed from a feeder stack 104.

Unless otherwise described, the units 100 are distinguished; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the processing machine 01 is preferably each characterized in that the unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 defined section of a transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, at a respective entrance level of the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 begins and / or at a respective starting level of the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 ends. The entrance height and / or the exit height is preferably from a lower support surface of the respective unit 100 provided as a standing surface; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 to measure, especially in the vertical direction V. Preferably stand out several and more preferably all units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the processing machine 01 in that the respective entrance height of the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 deviates from the same first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm, and / or that the respective starting height of the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 deviates from the same first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably by at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and / or that the respective entrance height of the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 from the respective starting height of the respective unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 deviates by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm.

As an alternative or in addition, the processing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that it has at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 and / or non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 and / or printing unit 600 designed unit 400; 600; 800 and / or that it has the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, and that at least for the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 and / or non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 and / or printing unit 600, a respective section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, which is defined by this, has a minimum radius of curvature which is at least 2 meters and / or in the entire area of this Coating unit 400; 600; 800 and / or non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 and / or printing unit 600 has a direction that deviates by at most 30 ° from at least one horizontal direction.

Preferably, the processing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that it has a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheets 02, and that for a plurality of modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 it is true that a module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 defined respective section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, has a minimum radius of curvature which is at least 2 meters and / or in the entire area of the respective module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 has a direction that deviates by at most 30 ° from at least one horizontal direction.

The processing machine 01 has at least one unit 100, preferably also called sheet feeder 100, designed as a substrate feed device 100, in particular sheet feeder unit 100, which is more preferably designed as module 100, in particular as sheet feeder module 100.

The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one conditioning device 200; 550 formed unit 200; 550, in particular conditioning unit 200; 550, which is more preferably used as module 200; 550, in particular as conditioning module 200; 550 is formed. Such a conditioning device 200; 550 is designed, for example, as a preparation device 200 or as an aftertreatment device 550. The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one unit 200 embodied as a preparation device 200, in particular a preparation unit 200, which is more preferably embodied as a module 200, in particular as a preparation module 200, and a

Conditioning device 200 represents. The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one unit 550 embodied as an aftertreatment device 550, in particular an aftertreatment unit 550, which is more preferably embodied as a module 550, in particular as an aftertreatment module 550, and represents a conditioning device 550.

The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one unit 300 embodied as a plant device 300, in particular a plant unit 300, which is more preferably embodied as a module 300, in particular as a plant module 300. The at least one contact device 300 is alternatively embodied as a component of the substrate supply device 100.

The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one coating device 400; 600; 800 formed, also coating unit 400; 600; 800 named unit 400; 600; 800, which is further preferred as module 400; 600; 800, in particular coating module 400; 600; 800 is formed. The at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 is arranged and / or constructed depending on the function and / or coating method. The at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 preferably serves to apply at least one respective coating agent over the entire area and / or over part of the area to the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing material 02 and / or the sheets 02. An example of a coating unit 400; 600; 800 is a priming unit 400, which is used in particular to apply primer to the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing material 02 and / or the sheets 02. Another example of a coating unit 400; 600; 800 is a printing unit 600, which is used in particular to apply printing ink and / or ink to sheet 02. Another example of a coating unit 400; 600; 800 is a lacquering unit 800 which, in particular, is used to apply lacquer to the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing material 02 and / or the sheets 02 serves.

In particular, independently of the function of the coating agent that can be applied therewith, coating units 400; 600; 800 preferably differ with regard to their coating process. An example of a coating unit 400; 600; 800 is a shape-based coating unit 400; 600; 800, which in particular has at least one fixed and preferably exchangeable printing form. Shape-based coating units 400; 600; 800 preferably work according to a planographic printing process, in particular an offset planographic printing process and / or a gravure printing process and / or a letterpress printing process, particularly preferably a flexographic printing process. The coating unit 400; 600; 800 is then accordingly, for example, a flexo-coating unit 400; 600; 800, in particular flexo coating module 400; 600; 800. Another example of a coating unit 400; 600; 800 is a printing formless or non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800, which works in particular without a fixed printing form. Printing formless or non-impact coating units 400; 600; 800 work, for example, according to an ionographic process and / or a magnetographic process and / or a thermographic process and / or electrophotography and / or laser printing and / or particularly preferably an inkjet printing process or inkjet printing process. The coating unit 400; 600; 800 is then correspondingly, for example, an inkjet coating unit 400; 600; 800, in particular inkjet coating module 400; 600; 800

The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one unit 400 embodied as a primer device 400, also called primer unit 400, in particular primer unit 400, which is more preferably embodied as a module 400, in particular as a primer module 400. The at least one primer module 400 is in particular a special form of a processing module 600.

The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one unit 500 embodied as a drying device 500, in particular a drying unit 500, which is more preferably embodied as a module 500, in particular as a drying module 500. Alternatively or additionally, for example, at least one drying device 506 is part of at least one, preferably as a module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 trained unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000. The at least one drying module 500 is in particular a special form of a processing module 500.

The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one unit 600 designed as a printing unit 600, which is more preferably designed as a module 600, in particular as a printing module 600. The at least one printing module 600 is in particular a special form of a processing module 600.

The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one unit 700 designed as a transport device 700 or transport means 700, in particular a transport unit 700, which is more preferably designed as a module 700, in particular as a transport module 700. The processing machine 01 has transport devices 700, for example also or alternatively as components of other assemblies 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and / or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 on.

The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one unit 800 embodied as a coating device 800, also called coating unit 800, in particular a coating unit 800, which is more preferably embodied as a module 800, in particular as a coating module 800. The at least one primer module 800 is in particular a special form of a processing module 800.

The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one as a shaping device 900 and / or punching device 900, in particular shaping unit 900 and / or punching unit 900, which is more preferably embodied as module 900, in particular as shaping module 900 and / or punching module 900. The at least one shaping module 900 and / or punching module 900 is in particular a special form of a processing module 900.

The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one unit 1000, also called sheet delivery 1000, designed as a substrate delivery device 1000, in particular delivery unit 1000, which is more preferably designed as module 1000, in particular as delivery module 1000.

The processing machine 01 has, for example, at least one unit designed as a further processing device, in particular a further processing unit, which is more preferably designed as a module, in particular as a further processing module.

The transport direction T provided in particular for transporting sheets 02 is a direction T which is preferably at least substantially and more preferably completely horizontally oriented and / or which is preferably controlled by a first unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900 of the processing machine 01 to a last unit 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the processing machine 01 points, in particular from a sheet feeder unit 100 or a substrate feed device 100 on the one hand to a delivery unit 1000 or a substrate discharge device 1000 on the other hand, and / or which preferably points in a direction in which the sheets 02 apart from vertical movements or vertical components is transported by movements, in particular by a first contact with an assembly 200 arranged downstream of the substrate supply device 100; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the processing machine 01 or first contact with the processing machine 01 up to a last contact with the Processing machine 01. Regardless of whether the system device 300 is an independent unit 300 or module 300 or is a component of the substrate feed device 100, the transport direction T is preferably that direction T in which a horizontal component points in a direction from the system device 300 to the Substrate dispenser 1000 is oriented.

A working width of the processing machine 01 and / or of the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 is preferably a dimension which is preferably orthogonal to the intended transport path of the sheets 02 through the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 extends, more preferably in a transverse direction A. The transverse direction A is preferably a horizontally running direction A. The transverse direction A is orthogonal to the intended transport direction T of the sheets 02 and / or orthogonal to the intended transport path of the sheets 02 through the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 oriented. The working width of the processing machine 01 preferably corresponds to a maximum width that a sheet 02 may have in order to still be able to be processed with the processing machine 01, ie in particular a maximum sheet width that can be processed with the printing machine 01. The width of a sheet 02 is to be understood in particular as its dimensions in the transverse direction A. This is preferably independent of whether this width of the arc 02 is greater or smaller than a horizontal dimension of the arc 02 orthogonal thereto, which more preferably represents the length of this arc 02. The working width of the processing machine 01 preferably corresponds to the working width of the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800, in particular printing assembly 600. The transverse direction A is preferably parallel to an axis of rotation of at least part of a transport means 411; 417; 611; 617; 811; 817 of a coating unit 400; 600; 800 oriented. The working width of the sheet processing machine 01 is preferably at least 100 cm, more preferably at least 150 cm, even more preferably at least 160 cm, even more preferably at least 200 cm and even more preferably at least 250 cm.

The processing machine 01 preferably has transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011, which are preferably used as suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 are formed, in particular as a suction belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 and / or as a suction box belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 and / or as a roller suction system 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 and / or as a suction roller 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011. Such suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 are preferably used to move substrate 02 to be processed, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, forwards in a controlled manner. A relative negative pressure is preferably used to pull and / or press the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing material 02 and / or the sheets 02, against at least one transport surface 718 and a transport movement of the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the Printing substrate 02 and / or the sheet 02 is generated by a corresponding, in particular circumferential, movement of the at least one transport surface 718. The negative pressure is in particular a negative pressure relative to an ambient pressure, in particular relative to an atmospheric pressure.

Under a suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is therefore preferably to be understood as a device which has at least one movable transport surface 718, which in particular serves as a counter-pressure surface 718 and, for example, is at least partially movable at least in the transport direction T. Furthermore, the suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 at least one vacuum chamber 719, which by means of a suction line 721 with at least one Vacuum source 733 is connected. The vacuum source 733 has a fan 733, for example. The at least one negative pressure chamber 719 has at least one suction opening 722, which is used to suck in the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing material 02 and / or the sheets 02. Depending on the embodiment of the suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 and the size of the sheets 02, the sheets 02 are sucked into a position that closes the at least one suction opening 722 or only sucked against a counterpressure surface 718 in such a way that ambient air can still get past the sheets 02 into the suction opening 722. For example, the transport surface 718 has one or more suction openings 723. The suction openings 723 preferably serve to convey a negative pressure from the suction opening 722 of the negative pressure chamber 719 to the transport surface 718, in particular without pressure losses or with very low pressure losses. Alternatively or additionally, the suction opening 722 acts on the sheets 02 in such a way that they are sucked against the transport surface 718 without the transport surface 718 having suction openings 723. For example, at least one deflection means 724 is arranged, which directly or indirectly ensures a circumferential movement of the at least one transport surface 718. The at least one deflection means 724 and / or the transport surface 718 itself is preferably driven and / or drivable, in particular in order to ensure a movement of the sheets 02.

A first embodiment of a suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is a suction belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011. Under a suction belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is to be understood as a device which has at least one flexible conveyor belt 718; 726, which serves as a transport surface 718. The at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is preferably deflected by deflection means 724 designed as deflection rollers 724 and / or deflection rollers 724 and / or is preferably in closed so that endless circulation is possible. The at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 preferably has a multiplicity of suction openings 723. The at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 preferably covers the at least one suction opening 722 of the at least one vacuum chamber 719 in at least a portion of its circulation path. The vacuum chamber 719 is then only preferably through the suction openings 723 of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 connected to an environment and / or to arch 02. Support means are preferably arranged which prevent the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is pulled too far or at all into the vacuum chamber 719 and / or which ensure that the transport surface 718 assumes a desired shape, for example such that at least in the area in which its suction openings 723 are connected to the vacuum chamber 719, a forms a flat surface. A circumferential movement of the at least one conveyor belt 718 then results in a forward movement of the conveyor surface 718, with sheets 02 being held securely on the conveyor surface 718 precisely in the area in which they are transported by the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726, with the exception of the suction openings 723, are opposite the suction opening 722.

A second embodiment of a suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is a suction box belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011. Under a suction box belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is to be understood as a device which has a plurality of suction boxes 718; 727, each of which has an outer surface 718 serving as a transport surface 718. The suction boxes 718; 727 preferably each have at least one suction chamber 728. The respective suction chamber 728 is preferably open to the outside in one direction through at least one flow opening 729. This at least one flow opening 729 preferably serves to convey a negative pressure from the negative pressure chamber 719 into the respective suction chamber 728. At least that a flow opening 729 is, for example, arranged laterally or arranged such that it points in or against a vertical direction V at least at times. The suction boxes 718; 727 preferably each have a plurality of suction openings 723. The suction boxes 718; 727 are preferably designed to be relatively rigid in themselves. The suction boxes 718; 723 are preferably flexibly connected to one another, in particular via at least one connecting means 731. The at least one connecting means 731 is designed, for example, as a traction means 731, in particular a belt 731 or belt 731, more preferably as a completely circumferential and / or endless connecting means 731 ; 727 attached to at least one same connecting means 731. Alternatively, adjacent suction boxes 718; 717 must be connected to one another in pairs. The connections result in a suction box belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011. This suction box belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 and in particular a subset of the suction boxes 718; 727 preferably cover in at least a portion of a circulation path of the suction box belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 the at least one suction opening 722 of the at least one negative pressure chamber 719. The negative pressure chamber 719 is then only preferably through the suction openings 723 of the suction boxes 718; 727 connected to the surroundings and / or to arch 02.

The at least one suction box belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is preferably deflected by deflecting means 724 designed as deflecting rollers 724 and / or deflecting rollers 724 and is preferably self-contained so that endless circulation is made possible. For example, the deflection means 724 interact directly with the traction means 731 and / or drive it. The suction boxes 718; 727 each have a flat transport surface 718, so that several suction boxes one behind the other form a correspondingly larger flat transport surface 718. By rotating the suction boxes 718; 272 This then results in a forward movement of the transport surface 718, with sheets 02 being held securely on the transport surface 718 precisely in the area in which they are tightly connected to the suction opening 722 with suction boxes 718; 722 are in contact. Guide means 732 are preferably arranged, which serve to control the movement of the suction boxes 718; 727 to be restricted to specified areas.

A third embodiment of a suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is a roller suction system 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011. Under a roller suction system 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is to be understood as a device in which the at least one transport surface 718 is formed from at least parts of lateral surfaces 718 of a plurality of transport rollers 724 and / or transport rollers 724. The transport rollers 724 and / or transport rollers 724 thus each form closed and rotating parts of the transport surface 718. The roller suction system 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 preferably has a multiplicity of suction openings 722. These suction openings 722 are preferably arranged at least between adjacent transport rollers 724 and / or transport rollers 724.

For example, at least one cover mask 734 is arranged, which preferably represents a delimitation of the vacuum chamber 719. The cover mask 734 preferably has the plurality of suction openings 722. The cover mask 734 preferably forms a substantially flat surface. The transport rollers 724 and / or transport rollers 724 are preferably arranged in such a way that they are cut from this flat surface and more preferably only protrude to a small extent, for example only a few millimeters, above this flat surface, in particular in a direction facing away from the vacuum chamber 719. The suction openings 722 are then preferably designed in the shape of a frame and each surround at least one of the transport rollers 724 and / or transport rollers 724. In other words, this means that preferably the transport rollers 724 and / or transport rollers 724 protrude to a small extent, for example only a few millimeters, through the suction openings 722, through which the cover mask 734 delimiting the vacuum chamber 719 is penetrated. Alternatively, some or all of the transport rollers 724 and / or transport rollers 724 protrude through openings in the cover mask 734 that have no connection to the vacuum chamber 719. Such openings are then arranged, for example, in addition to separate suction openings 722. A circumferential movement of the transport rollers 724 and / or transport rollers 724 then results in a forward movement of the parts of the transport surface 718, with sheets 02 being securely held on the transport surface 718 in the exact area in which they are opposite the suction opening 722. An advantage of roller suction systems 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; For example, 1011 is high wear resistance. However, one should consider the risk of less good adhesion between transport rollers 724 and sheet 02, possibly inaccurate feed and / or the risk of damage to the contacting surface of sheets 02 due to relatively small, linear contact surfaces.

A fourth embodiment of a suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is at least one suction roller 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011. Under a suction roller 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is to be understood as a roller whose outer surface serves as a transport surface 718 and has a plurality of suction openings 723 and which has at least one vacuum chamber 719 in its interior, which is connected to at least one vacuum source 733 by means of a suction line 721, for example.

At least one cleaning device is preferably arranged, which enables cleaning of the respective transport surface 718 of the respective suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is used. For example is this cleaning device is designed as a suction device and / or blowing device and / or as a stripping device and / or preferably serves to remove pieces of paper and / or dust. The cleaning device is, for example, on a side of the suction transport means 111; that is remote from the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 and / or arranged aligned with the respective transport surface 718.

The sheet processing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that at least one cleaning device for cleaning at least one transport means 111; 117; 119 of the substrate supply device 100 is arranged and / or that at least one cleaning device for cleaning at least one transport means 411; 417; 611; 617; 811; 817 of a coating unit 400; 600; 800, in particular a non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 is arranged and / or that at least one cleaning device for cleaning at least one transport means 211 of the preparation device 200 is arranged and / or that at least one cleaning device is arranged for cleaning at least one transport means 561 of the aftertreatment device 550 and / or that at least one cleaning device for cleaning at least one Transport means 711 of the transport device 700 is arranged and / or that at least one cleaning device for cleaning at least one transport means 911 of the shaping device 900 is arranged and / or that at least one cleaning device is arranged for cleaning at least one transport means 1011 of the substrate dispensing device 1000.

Regardless of the embodiment of the respective suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 are at least two arrangements of the respective suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 possible.

In a first arrangement there is one of the respective suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 defined section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, below the in particular movable transport surface 718, which in particular serves as a counter-pressure surface 718 and, for example, is at least partially movable at least in the transport direction T. For example, the respective suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 then as upper suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011, whose suction openings 722 or suction openings 723, at least during their connection with the at least one vacuum chamber 719, preferably at least also or only point downwards and / or whose suction effect is preferably at least also or only upwards. The sheets 02 are then transported by the suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 transported hanging.

In a second arrangement there is one of the respective suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 defined section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, above the in particular movable transport surface 718, which in particular serves as a counter-pressure surface 718 and, for example, is at least partially movable at least in the transport direction T. For example, the respective suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 then as the lower suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011, the suction openings 722 or suction openings 723 of which, at least during their connection with the at least one vacuum chamber 719, preferably at least also or only point upwards and / or its suction effect preferably at least is also or only directed downwards. The sheets 02 are then transported by the suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 transported horizontally.

Whether the respective suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 as upper or lower suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is formed depends, for example, on whether in a preceding and / or in a following unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 an upper or a lower main surface of the sheet 02 has been processed and / or is to be processed. A transfer point from an upper suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 onto a lower suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 or from a lower suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 onto an upper suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 can be formed, for example, in that the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, is at least in a partial area both from a lower suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 as well as from an upper suction transport means 111; 117 is limited. That suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011, the area of action of which ends later as seen in the transport direction T, then decides whether the sheets 02 are transported to the transfer point in a hanging or lying position.

Regardless of the embodiment of the suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 as suction belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 and / or as Suction box belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 and / or as a roller suction system 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011, for example, the at least one vacuum chamber 719 is subdivided and / or can be subdivided into several parts with respect to the transverse direction A, which are preferably sealed and / or sealable from one another and / or which can be individually subjected to negative pressure. As a result, an adaptation to sheets 02 of different widths can take place and an unnecessarily large amount of air does not have to be sucked in. Preferably, however, the suction openings 722 and / or the suction openings 723 are selected to be so small that a volume passing through them is very small, even if it is not covered by a sheet 02. An adaptation to the width of the sheets 02 can then be dispensed with.

There follow first of all further configurations for suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011. These configurations are particularly advantageous and preferred in the case of the first embodiment as the respective suction belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 formed suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011. Insofar as no contradictions arise, however, the configurations also apply to other embodiments of suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011. The sheet-fed printing machine 01 preferably has at least one suction belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 formed suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 on. This at least one suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 preferably has at least one particularly flexible conveyor belt 718; 726, which extends with at least one transport section of its circulation path parallel to the transport direction T along a partial area of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, in particular extends over a transport length. The at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 preferably has a multiplicity of suction openings 723. The transport section is stationary, even when the conveyor belt 718 is moving; 726 and in particular is not part of the conveyor belt 718; 726 permanently assigned.

At least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least ten, in particular with respect to the transport direction T, are preferably separated from and / or along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02 separable vacuum chambers 719 arranged one behind the other, each having at least one suction opening 722. Such a separation is to be understood in particular as a fluidic separation. This separation is preferably complete, in particular such that a connection is only possible via lines connected to a vacuum source 733 and / or through the suction openings 723 of the conveyor belt 718; 726 and an ambient atmosphere is present. This covers at least one conveyor belt 718; 726, in its transport section of its circulation path, preferably at least one suction opening 722 of several and more preferably all of these vacuum chambers 719 arranged one behind the other, at least partially, in particular except for the respective suction openings 723. This means that a respective transport belt 718; 726 several vacuum chambers 719 are assigned, which influence different areas one after the other in the transport direction T. In particular, this is to be distinguished from an arrangement of a plurality of conveyor belts arranged at least partially one behind the other.

The negative pressure is essentially only passed on through those suction openings 723 which are in connection with the respective negative pressure chamber 719. In contrast to a large negative pressure chamber 719, several small negative pressure chambers 719 can therefore act individually and, in particular, can be at least partially closed off from an environment. This closure takes place on the one hand by the conveyor belt 718; 726 itself and, on the other hand, by those components of sheet 02 that cover corresponding suction openings 723. If too small a proportion of the intake openings 723 is covered, the negative pressure is reduced by the incoming ambient air. This could lead to the sheets 02 no longer being adequately held. This danger exists with small sheets 02 and / or large distances between sheets 02 and / or a first sheet 02 and / or a last sheet 02. The subdivision into several vacuum chambers 719 along the transport section ensures that not all areas of the Vacuum can decrease significantly at the same time. Furthermore, the plurality of vacuum chambers 719 with the same length of the conveyor belt 718; 716 provided for smaller vacuum chambers 719. This has the consequence that each suction opening 723 has a larger share of a total number of the suction openings 723 currently assigned to the respective vacuum chamber 719. Therefore, a relatively small number of closed suction openings 723 is sufficient to keep the negative pressure in the respective negative pressure chamber 719 at a usable level. This relatively small number can also be achieved with small sheets 02 and / or large distances between sheets 02 and / or a first sheet 02 and / or a last sheet 02.

Furthermore, it is irrelevant whether the negative pressure in a negative pressure chamber 719 becomes too low as long as a sheet 02, which is partially located in its area of influence, is still held by the negative pressure of another negative pressure chamber 719. This is also achieved through the relatively large number of relatively small vacuum chambers 719. This effect can also be used deliberately to purposefully only provide a negative pressure in the respectively relevant negative pressure chambers 719 and to deliberately at least temporarily isolate negative pressure chambers 719 that are not sufficiently covered from a corresponding negative pressure source. Overall, the suction effect of the suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 vary along the transport direction T. Thus, pumping power and thus energy can be saved.

The individual vacuum chambers 719 can preferably be individually acted upon with vacuum. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is therefore preferably characterized in that at least a first of these at least two vacuum chambers 719 arranged one behind the other is and / or connectable to at least one first vacuum source 733 via at least one, in particular, first suction line 721 is arranged. Furthermore, at least one other, in particular second, of these at least two vacuum chambers 719 arranged one behind the other is preferably connected and / or connectable to at least or exactly one other, in particular second vacuum source 733 via at least one suction line 721, in particular another and / or second suction line 721. More preferably, this at least one other of these at least two vacuum chambers 719 arranged one behind the other is connected and / or connectable exclusively to the at least one other, in particular second vacuum source 733 via the at least one suction line 721. The designation as first or second negative pressure chamber 719, first or second suction line or first or second negative pressure source 733 etc. is only used here for distinguishing and does not concern a sequence or arrangement of these components.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that at least a first of these at least two successively arranged vacuum chambers 719 via at least one, in particular, first suction line 721 and at least one first controllable and / or regulatable valve 737 at least one first vacuum source 733 is connected and / or arranged to be connectable. Then the negative pressure source 733 does not have to be deactivated or not completely deactivated in order to deactivate a corresponding negative pressure chamber 719. Instead, a corresponding activation of the at least one valve 737 is sufficient. In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 formed processing machine 01 preferably in that at least one second of these at least two vacuum chambers 719 arranged one behind the other is connected and / or connectable to the at least one first vacuum source 733 via at least one, in particular, second suction line 721 and at least one second controllable and / or regulatable valve 737 . A vacuum source 733 can then be used for several vacuum chambers 719 and the outlay on equipment can be kept as low as possible. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that at least one other and / or second of these at least two vacuum chambers 719 arranged one behind the other via at least one other and / or second suction line 721 and at least one other and / or the second controllable and / or regulatable valve 737 is connected and / or can be connected to at least one other and / or second vacuum source 733.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that along the transport section of the at least one transport belt 718; 726 at least one coating point 409; 609; 809 at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is arranged. A particularly high print quality is thus possible because a particularly secure position of the sheets 02 can be achieved even with small sheets 02 and / or large distances between sheets 02 and / or a first sheet 02 and / or a last sheet 02. Further preferred are along the transport section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 at least two, even more preferably at least three and even more preferably at least four coating points 409; 609; 809 at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is arranged. Printing can then be optimized with regard to register and / or register and / or color register. For example, along the transport section of the at least one Conveyor belt 718; 726 at least one drying device 500 and / or at least one drying device 506 of the sheet-fed printing press 01 is arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that at least two, preferably at least three, more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least seven vacuum chambers 719 that are separate and / or separable with respect to the transverse direction A are arranged side by side, each having at least one suction opening 722, each of which is supported by at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 of the suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 are arranged at least partially covered. These are, for example, several conveyor belts 781; 726 or preferably a common conveyor belt 718; 726. The sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that at least one of these at least two side-by-side vacuum chambers 719 is connected and / or connectable to at least one vacuum source 733 via at least one suction line 721 and at least one other of these at least two side-by-side vacuum chambers 719 is above at least one other suction line 721 is in particular connected and / or can be connected exclusively to another vacuum source 733.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that at least a first of these at least two side-by-side vacuum chambers 719 has at least one suction line 721 and at least one controllable and / or regulatable valve 737 with at least one vacuum source 733 is connected and / or arranged to be connectable.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as Sheet-fed printing machine 01 preferably in that at least one other of these at least two side-by-side vacuum chambers 719 is connected and / or connectable to this at least one vacuum source 733 via at least one suction line 721 and at least one other controllable and / or regulatable valve 737. Alternatively and / or additionally, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that at least one other of these at least two vacuum chambers 719 arranged next to one another is connected to at least one other vacuum source 733 via at least one suction line 721 and at least one other controllable and / or regulatable valve 737 and / or is arranged to be connectable.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that at least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least seven with respect to the transverse direction A are separate and / or separable Vacuum chambers 719 are arranged next to one another, the relative position of which, in pairs, related to the transport direction T, both partially overlap and partially differ. Negative pressure chambers 719 arranged in this way are also called negative pressure chambers 719 arranged offset from one another in the transport direction T. By means of vacuum chambers 719 arranged offset to one another in the transport direction T, sheets 02 can be made even better relative to the transport belt 718; 726 are held. In particular, a sheet 02 when entering an active area of a next negative pressure chamber 719 or when exiting from an active area of a previous negative pressure chamber 719 can simultaneously remain in the active area of another negative pressure chamber 719. This ensures that at least one vacuum chamber 719 is always sufficiently closed to maintain a vacuum that holds the sheet 02 on the conveyor belt 02. Preferably, sheet-fed printing machine 01 is additionally characterized in that at least one of these at least two in the transport direction T. Vacuum chambers 719 arranged offset from one another are connected and / or connectable via at least one suction line 721 to at least one vacuum source 733 and at least one other of these at least two vacuum chambers 719 arranged offset from one another in transport direction T via at least one other suction line 721, in particular exclusively with one other vacuum source 733 connected and / or arranged to be connectable.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that at least a first of these at least two vacuum chambers 719, which are offset from one another in the transport direction T, have at least one suction line 721 and at least one controllable and / or regulatable valve 737 is connected to at least one vacuum source 733 and / or arranged to be connectable. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that at least one other of these at least two vacuum chambers 719 offset from one another in the transport direction T has at least one suction line 721 and at least one other controllable and / or regulatable valve 737 is connected to this at least one vacuum source 733 and / or arranged to be connectable. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that at least one other of these at least two vacuum chambers 719 offset from one another in the transport direction T has at least one suction line 721 and at least one other controllable and / or regulatable valve 737 is in particular connected and / or arranged so that it can be connected exclusively to another vacuum source 733.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that at least one of a vacuum chamber 719 or a suction line 721 associated valve 737 is connected to a machine control of the sheet processing machine 01, in particular designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, which also has access to data on a position of at least one sheet 02 and / or to data on a rotational position of at least one drive involved in the transport of the at least one sheet 02 . In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that at least one vacuum source 733 assigned to a vacuum chamber 719 or a suction line 721 is connected to a machine control of the sheet-fed processing machine 01, which is in particular designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, which also Has access to data on a position of at least one sheet 02 and / or to data on a rotational position of at least one drive involved in the transport of the at least one sheet 02. By accessing this data, it is possible to apply negative pressure to only those negative pressure chambers 719 that are sufficiently covered or will soon be in order to actually hold one or more sheets 02. The area of activated, that is to say subjected to negative pressure, negative pressure chambers 719 can then be moved with respective sheets 02 and / or at least partially run ahead of them and / or follow them to a small extent, for example for safety reasons. In this way, suction power and therefore energy is only used in a dosed manner.

A method for operating a sheet processing machine 01, in particular a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is therefore preferred, with at least one sheet 02 using a suction belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 formed suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is transported, the at least one particularly flexible conveyor belt 718; 726, which moves with at least one transport section of its circulation path parallel to the transport direction T along a portion of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, in particular via a Transport length. In this case, at least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least ten, in particular with respect to the transport direction T, are preferably at least two and / or or separable vacuum chambers 719 arranged one behind the other, each having at least one suction opening 722. This preferably covers at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 at least one suction opening 722 of a plurality of and more preferably all of these vacuum chambers 719 arranged one behind the other at least partially in its transport section of its circulation path. The method is preferably particularly characterized in that a respective negative pressure of the at least two consecutive negative pressure chambers 719 is influenced individually and in a time-varying manner as a function of at least those data that characterize a position of the at least one sheet 02 along the transport section, in particular along the Transport section of the circulation path of the at least one transport belt 718; 726

The method is preferably characterized in that the at least one sheet 02 is pressed against a transport surface of a particularly flexible transport belt 718; which is provided with suction openings 723 by negative pressure. 726 of the suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is drawn. The negative pressure is preferably determined by a difference between an ambient pressure on the one hand and a pressure within a respective negative pressure chamber 719, the suction opening 722 of which by the conveyor belt 718; 726 is at least partially covered, on the other hand. The method is preferably characterized in that the at least one sheet 02 is in at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is coated while it is used as a suction belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 formed suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 transported becomes. The method is further preferably characterized in that the at least one sheet 02 is printed in at least one printing unit 600 of the sheet-fed printing machine 01, while it is used as a suction belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 formed suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 is transported.

As described, the processing machine 01, in particular designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, preferably has the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726, which further preferably extends with at least one transport section of its circulation path parallel to the transport direction T along a portion of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02. With respect to the transverse direction A, only exactly one conveyor belt 718; 726 arranged. Seen in the direction of transport T, several conveyor belts can be arranged one behind the other and form different areas of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02. The at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is not necessarily, but preferred, as a conveyor belt 718; 726 one as a suction belt 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 formed suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 of the sheet-fed printing machine 01, this being at least one suction transport means 111; 117; 119; 136; 211; 311; 411; 417; 511; 561; 611; 617; 711; 811; 817; 911; 1011 the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 has. It preferably has at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 has a plurality of suction openings 723 as described. As described, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that along the transport section of the at least one transport belt 718; 726 at least one coating point 409; 609; 809 at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 the Sheet-fed printing machine 01 is arranged. Further preferred are along the transport section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 at least two, even more preferably at least three and even more preferably at least four coating points 409; 609; 809 at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is arranged. For example, along the transport section of the at least one transport belt 718; 726 at least one drying device 500 and / or at least one drying device 506 of the sheet-fed printing press 01 is arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that at least one belt alignment means 738 of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 with the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is arranged so as to be in contact and furthermore preferably that by setting a position of the at least one band alignment means 738 relative to at least one, in particular, stationary frame 427; 431; 508; 627; 631; 827; 831; 744 of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 a layer of the at least one transport belt 718; 7126 can be influenced with respect to the transverse direction A. A long-term drifting of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 are at least partially and preferably completely compensated with respect to the transverse direction A, in particular during this at least conveyor belt 718; 726 is moved to transport sheet 02.

The at least one band alignment means 738 is preferably designed as at least one band alignment roller 738, more preferably as at least one band alignment roller 738, the axis of rotation 742 of which can be changed in its orientation. As a result, in particular an angle changes between the axis of rotation 742 of this band alignment roller 738 on the one hand and the axial direction A on the other hand, in particular with regard to its amount and / or its position in space. For example, the at least one band alignment means 738 can be pivoted about an alignment axis, whose Direction having at least one component oriented orthogonally to the transverse direction A. In particular, the example of such a band alignment roller 738 shows the mode of operation of the band alignment means 738. Due to an inclined position of the band alignment roller 738, different parts of the conveyor belt 718; 726, depending on their position in relation to the transverse direction A, cover distances of different lengths for an entire revolution of the at least one conveyor belt 728. As a result, the at least one conveyor belt 738 experiences a force acting in relation to the transverse direction A and is moved accordingly in relation to the transverse direction A in the course of its circulating movement. This controlled movement is preferably only generated in order to compensate for previously and / or otherwise occurring unwanted movements with respect to the transverse direction A.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one tape alignment means 738 has at least one radial bearing 739, the axis of rotation 742 of which, at least with respect to a compensation direction W, is at least relative to at least one, in particular, stationary frame 427; 431; 508; 627; 631; 827; 831; 744 of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is displaceable. The at least one radial bearing 739 is preferably linearly displaceable at least in and / or counter to the compensation direction W. For example, at least one such radial bearing 739 is at least one radial bearing 739 that enables the at least one belt alignment roller 738 to rotate about its axis of rotation 742 Compensation direction W at least relative to one another and / or independently of one another and / or relative to at least one, in particular, stationary frame 427; 431; 508; 627; 631; 827; 831; 744 of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 are arranged displaceably. For example, an uneven displacement of the radial bearings 739 of the strip alignment roller 738 occurs. For example, the at least two radial bearings 739 are at least in and / or against the compensation direction W linearly displaceable. However, it is also possible, for example, to arrange at least two band alignment means 738, which are designed, for example, as rollers and are offset with respect to the transverse direction A or are arranged next to one another and can be moved independently of one another with respect to the compensation direction W. However, the case is preferred in which precisely one band alignment means 738, in particular designed as a band alignment roller 738, is arranged and the at least two radial bearings 739 are both assigned to this same band alignment means 738.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that a reference plane has a normal vector which is oriented parallel to the transverse direction A and a compensation tangent 743 has a tangent 743 to a contact section of an intersection line of the at least one Conveyor belt 718; 726 is with the reference plane and the contact section is such a section in which contact between the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 on the one hand and the at least one tape alignment means 738 on the other hand, and the compensation direction W is oriented parallel to the compensation tangent 743. The position of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 can be influenced particularly precisely, in particular without tensioning the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 unnecessarily strong. More preferably, the compensation direction W runs parallel to an angle bisector between an inlet direction on the one hand, in which components of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 move when they reach the at least one belt alignment means 738 and / or in which an incoming part of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 extends, and a discharge direction on the other hand, in the components of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 move when they leave the at least one belt alignment means 738 and / or in which an outgoing part of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 extends. A deflection angle is preferably that angle the conveyor belt 718; 726 is deflected between a first and a last contact with the at least one tape alignment means 738. The deflection angle is preferably at most 180 °, more preferably at most 120 °, even more preferably at most 90 ° and even more preferably at most 60 °.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one tape alignment means 738 has at least one alignment drive 741. As a result, a remote-controlled and / or automated influencing of the position of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 can be reached. The at least one tape alignment means 738 is preferably designed to be controllable and / or regulatable by means of a computing device, this computing device being, for example, a superordinate machine control of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 or at least being connected in terms of circuitry to the superordinate machine control of the sheet-fed printing machine 01. Alternatively, this computing device is independent of the higher-level machine control of sheet-fed printing machine 01. For example, the at least one alignment drive 741 is designed as an electric motor 741 and / or as a pneumatic cylinder 741 and / or as a hydraulic cylinder 741 and / or as a linear drive 741. For example, at least one sensor is arranged to measure a position of the at least one conveyor belt 716; 726 to capture. Signals from this at least one sensor can then, for example, be made available to an operator and / or used for regulating and / or controlling the at least one alignment drive 741.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one belt alignment means 738 exclusively with an underside of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is arranged so as to be in contact, and this underside is one for contact with substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02 provided transport surface 718 of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 opposite surface of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is. This ensures that only the forces caused by paths of different lengths act and, preferably, abrasion on a lateral edge of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is largely avoided.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that at least one tensioning means 736 for setting and / or maintaining a particularly mechanical tension of the conveyor belt 718; 726, in particular the suction belt 718; 726 is arranged and in particular with this conveyor belt 718; 726 is arranged in contact. As such a tensioning means 736, for example, at least one deflection roller 736 is arranged, the axis of rotation of which is arranged to be displaceable. The at least one tensioning means 736 can preferably be displaced in and / or against at least one tensioning direction. For example, all of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 components of the at least one clamping means 736 that are in contact are arranged together in a linearly movable manner. For example, the at least one clamping device 736 has at least two bearings, in particular radial bearings, which are arranged so as to be movable parallel to one another and orthogonally to the transverse direction A. For example, at least one tensioning drive is arranged, by means of which the at least one tensioning means 736 can be displaced. The at least one tensioning drive is designed, for example, as at least an electric motor and / or as at least one hydraulic cylinder and / or as at least one pneumatic cylinder and / or as a linear drive.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the sheet-fed printing machine 01 has at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 formed coating unit 400; 600; 800 and the Sheet-fed printing machine 01 at least one conveyor belt 718; 726, which extends with at least one transport section of its circulation path parallel to a transport direction T along a portion of a transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, and along the transport section of the at least one transport belt 718; 726 at least one in particular by at least one print head 416; 616; 816 specified coating point 409; 609; 809 at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is arranged. The at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 thus preferably has at least one print head 416; 616; 816 on. The at least one print head 416; 616; 816 with at least one first frame 427; 627; 827 of the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 connected, more preferably with at least one side wall 428, 628, 828 of the at least one first frame 427; 627; 827 of the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 and even more preferably with at least two side walls 428, 628, 828 of the at least one first frame 427; 627; 827 of the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800. This connection is, for example, direct, but preferably indirect. For example, the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 via at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826 and / or at least one other component with the at least one first frame 427; 627; 827 arranged connected.

The first frame 427; 627; 827 is preferably the frame 427; 627; 827 of the coating unit 400; 600; 800 or coating module 400; 600; 800. The first frame 427; 627; 827 preferably has at least two, in particular with respect to the transverse direction A, side walls 428; 628; 828 on. The at least one print head 416; 616; 816 in relation to the transverse direction A between the at least two side walls 428; 628; 828 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 via at least one deflection means 724 and at least one radial bearing with at least one second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 is arranged connected, more preferably with at least one side support 432; 632; 832 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 and even more preferably with at least two side supports 432; 632; 832 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744. The second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 is, for example, a frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 of a further unit 500; 700 or module 500; 700, for example a drying unit 500 or a drying module 500 or a transport unit 700 or transport module 700. The second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 is alternatively, for example, an auxiliary frame 431; 631; 831 of the coating unit 400; 600; 800 or coating module 400; 600; 800. The second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 preferably has at least two, in particular with respect to the transverse direction A, side supports 432; 632; 832 on. The at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 in relation to the transverse direction A at least partially between the at least two side supports 432; 632; 832 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 arranged. The second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 and in particular its side supports 432; 632; 832 in relation to the transverse direction A between the side walls of the at least one first frame 427; 627; 827

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one first frame 427; 627; 827 apart from at least one installation area at most via flexible connections to the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 is arranged connected, this at least one installation surface preferably a installation surface below the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 and / or below the sheet-fed printing machine 01. That means in particular that the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 to the coating module 400; 600; 800 or coating unit 400; 600; 800 can be assigned, but nevertheless preferably by the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 carried and supported by the first frame 427; 627; 827 is arranged mechanically decoupled in this respect. The at least one installation surface is preferably at least one surface which acts as a support surface acting from bottom to top and / or which the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 and / or the sheet-fed printing machine 01 carries. The at least one installation area is, for example, a floor of a building or a component of a sufficiently stable and low-vibration substructure.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 at least two side supports 432; 632; 832 and that the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 related to the transverse direction A at least partially between the at least two side supports 432; 632; 832 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 is arranged and / or at least one of the at least two side supports 432; 632; 832 via at least one cross member 746 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 with at least one other of the at least two side supports 432; 632; 832 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 is arranged connected.

Such traverses 746 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744, the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 stabilize. They are preferably designed for optimized stability and are therefore in different relationships to the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 arranged. At least one such cross member 746 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 at least partially vertically below at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is arranged. Alternatively or in addition, at least one such cross member 746 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 at least partially vertically below at least a section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726, which is arranged at least partially vertically below a further section, in particular designed as a transport section, of this at least one transport belt 718; 726 is arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such cross member 746 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 at least partially vertically above at least a section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 arranged. As an alternative or in addition, at least one such cross member 746 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 at least partially vertically above at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 arranged, which is at least partially vertically above a further section of this at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such cross member 746 of the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 at least partially vertically above at least a section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 and at least partially vertically below a further section, in particular designed as a transport section, of this at least one transport belt 718; 726 arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the first frame 427; 627; 827 at least two side walls 428; 628; 828 and that the at least one print head 416; 616; 816, in relation to the transverse direction A, at least partially between the at least two side walls 428; 628; 828 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 is arranged and / or at least one of the at least two side walls 428; 628; 828 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 via at least one cross member 433; 633; 833 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 with at least one other of the at least two side walls 428; 628; 828 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 is arranged connected. Such trusses 433; 633; 833 of the first frame 427; 627; 827, the first frame 427; 627; 827 stabilize. They are preferably designed for optimized stability and therefore in different relationships to the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 arranged. At least one such cross member 433; 633; 833 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 at least partially vertically below at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such cross member 433; 633; 833 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 at least partially vertically below at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 arranged, which is at least partially vertically below a further section, in particular designed as a transport section, of this at least one transport belt 718; 726 is arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such cross member 433; 633; 833 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 at least partially vertically above at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such cross member 433; 633; 833 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 at least partially vertically above at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 arranged, which is at least partially vertically above a further section of this at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such cross member 433; 633; 833 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 at least partially vertically above at least a section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 and at least partially vertically below a further section, in particular designed as a transport section, of this at least one transport belt 718; 726 arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as Sheet-fed printing machine 01 designed processing machine 01 preferably characterized in that a directly or indirectly connected to the side walls 428; 628; 828 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 connected printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 at least partially vertically above at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is arranged. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 extends through an opening at least partially defined by at least one printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 and at least partially from at least one cross member 433; 633; 833 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 and at least partially from the side walls 428; 628; 828 of the first frame 427; 627; 827 is limited. The boundaries of this opening are preferably located in a spatial area which is bounded by two planes whose normal vectors point in the transport direction T and which are spaced apart from one another at most 50 cm and more preferably at most 25 cm.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that at least one drive M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 of the conveyor belt 718; 726 at least partially directly or indirectly rigid with the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 is arranged connected. Then this is at least one drive M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 by separating the racks 427; 627; 827; 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 preferably so from the first frame 427; 627; 827 decouples that movements of this drive M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000 and / or movements of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 have little or no influence on a print quality, especially in the case of a non-impact Printing unit 400; 600; 800

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that at least one energy output device 501; 502; 503 at least one drying device 500 and / or at least one drying device 506 on a section of the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 is arranged aligned and that this at least one energy output device 501; 502; 503 rigidly or via a positioning device 424; 624; 824 with the first frame 427; 627; 827 or with the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 or with one of the first frame 427; 627; 827 and the second frame 431; 508; 631; 831; 744 different third frame is arranged connected.

Preferably, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, in front of the at least one primer module 400 and / or in front of the at least one non-impact printing module 600 at least a module 100 embodied as a substrate supply device 100 is arranged. Preferably, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, in front of the at least one primer module 400 and / or in front of the at least one non-impact printing module 600 at least a cleaning device 201 for substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, is arranged.

In the following, different embodiments and / or design options of the at least one substrate supply device 100 are described. Different combinations of individual configurations are possible. The substrate supply device 100 is preferably independent of others Aggregates 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 trained as long as there are no contradictions. For example, stacks 104 are fed to the substrate supply device 100 manually and / or by means of an automated system, in particular in the form of stacks 104 preferably arranged on carrier units 113. Such carrier units 113 are, for example, pallets 113, stacks 104, which are or have been supplied to the substrate supply device 100 as such , are also referred to as feeder stacks 104, for example. The carrier units 113 or pallets 113 preferably have correspondingly oriented grooves, for example for the engagement of stack carriers, in particular in order to detach sheets 02 and / or stacks 104 from the carrier units 113 or pallets 113.

The at least one substrate supply device 100 preferably serves to separate sheets 02 of a stack 104 or partial stack 106 and more preferably to separate one or more subsequent units 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900 feed. The at least one substrate supply device 100 has, for example, at least one stack turning device 101 or sheet turning device. The stack turning device 101 preferably serves to turn over a stack 104 or partial stack 106 comprising at least several sheets 02 as a whole. Turning the sheets 02 is useful, for example, when two opposing main surfaces of the sheets 02 differ from one another and subsequent processing is to take place on a specific one of these main surfaces. This is the case regardless of whether the sheets 02 are turned individually or whether the stack 104 is turned as a whole or whether partial stacks 106 are turned. For example, this applies if the sheets 02 have already been processed before they are assembled to form the stack 104 and / or if the sheets 02 have inherently distinguishable main surfaces. Such distinguishable main surfaces arise, for example, due to the manufacture of corrugated cardboard sheets 02.

A stack holding area 102 is an area 102, in particular space area 102, in which At least during operation of the processing machine 01, that stack 104 is arranged at least temporarily, which is divided for the subsequent processing of its sheets 02. The stack holding area 102 preferably comprises the entire space that is provided for arranging such a stack 104, in particular regardless of whether the stack 104 fills less space than would be possible, for example because its sheets 02 have already been partially separated or a smaller one than one have the maximum possible format. This stack 104 is preferably the feeder stack 104. The stack holding area 102 is therefore preferably the spatial area 102 which is provided at least during operation of the processing machine 01 for an arrangement of at least one stack 104 designed as a feeder stack 104 for its division. The at least one stack turning device 101 is arranged upstream of the stack holding area 102, for example, with respect to a planned transport path of the sheets 02. The stack 104 can then be turned as a whole before it is fed to further processing by the processing machine 01 and, in particular, is divided. Alternatively or in addition, at least one pile turning device 101 is arranged downstream of the pile holding area 102 with regard to the intended transport path of the sheets 02. The stack turning device 101 is then preferably designed as a partial stack turning device 101. For example, a partial stack separator 103 is arranged, which serves to separate an especially upper partial stack 106 from the stack 104 arranged in the stack holding area 102. A partial stack 103 preferably has more than one sheet 02. The partial stack separator 103 is designed, for example, as a partial stack pusher device 103 and / or as a partial stack pulling device.

For example, a sub-stack 106 having a plurality of sheets 02 is removed from the stack 104 as follows. First, the stack 104 is brought to a height at which an uppermost sheet 02 of the stack 104 is at a removal height. A partial stack pusher device 103 is then moved towards the stack 104, in particular in the transport direction T, until it comes into contact with at least one sheet 02 of the stack 104 comes. This at least one sheet 02 becomes, for example, the lowermost sheet 02 of the partial stack 106. The partial stack pusher device 103 is then moved further and thereby moves the at least one sheet 02 in contact with it and preferably sheet 02 arranged above it. These moving sheets 02 thus become common as a partial stack 106 preferably moved in the transport direction T, in particular pushed.

For example, this partial stack 106 is then first fed to the partial stack turning device 101. The partial stack turning device 101 has, for example, at least one transport means 107, which is preferably designed as at least one transport belt 107, more preferably at least two transport belts 107. The means of transport 107 is preferably at least partially pivotable about a pivot axis 108, which is more preferably oriented horizontally and / or orthogonally to the intended transport direction T and / or parallel to the transverse direction A. For example, the at least two conveyor belts 107 can be moved towards one another, in particular with respect to the vertical direction V. This allows the partial stack 106 to be held, in particular clamped, between the two conveyor belts 107 and pivoted together with them about the pivot axis 108, in particular by substantially 180 °. For moving the partial stack 106 into the partial stack turning device 101 and / or for moving the partial stack 106 out of the partial stack turning device 101, at least one of the at least two conveyor belts 107 is preferably activated. For example, these can each be operated in two directions in order to be able to use the transport of the partial stack 107 independently of the current pivot position of the transport means 107.

The substrate supply device 100 has, regardless of whether a stack turning device 101 or a partial stack turning device 101 is arranged or not preferably at least one separating device 109 or sheet separating device 109. If necessary, there are several Separating devices 109 arranged, in particular spaced apart with respect to the transport direction T and / or one behind the other. For example, a separating device 109 then serves for at least partial separation of sheets 02 and another separating device for subsequent complete separation of sheets 02. This at least one separating device 109 or sheet separating device 109 is, for example, for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or Sheet 02 provided transport path after the partial stack turning device 101. If no partial stack turning device 101 is arranged, the partial stack 106 is preferably immediately fed to the separating device 109 or sheet separating device 109 after it has been generated. In particular, if no partial stack separator 103 is arranged and / or no partial stacks 106 are generated, the separating device 109 or sheet separating device 109 preferably acts directly on a respective stack 104. For example, this stack 104 is the feeder stack 104, which is more preferably located in the stack holding area 102. The at least one separating device 109 is then designed, for example, as a removal device 114.

The at least one separating device 109 or sheet separating device 109 separates the sheets 02 of the stack 104 or partial stack 106, preferably at least partially. The at least one separating device 109 or sheet separating device 109 separates the sheets 02 of the stack 104 or partial stack 106 in at least one embodiment from below and in at least one other embodiment from above.

A partial or complete separation of the sheets 02 of the stack 104 or partial stack 106 from below takes place in a first embodiment of a sheet separating device 109, for example by placing the stack 104 or partial stack 106 on at least one lower translation element 111, in particular a lower one Transport means 111 is transported lying down, in particular continuously, for example in transport direction T and thereby runs at least partially against an obstacle 112 that only allows a lower area of the stack 104 or partial stack 106 to pass, for example only one sheet 02 or two sheets 02 or a few sheets 02. As a result, at least the bottom sheet 02 in each case is preferably continuously transported further by means of the at least one lower translation element 111, in particular in the transport direction T, while other sheets 02 are initially held back and can only sink from top to bottom after at least the bottom sheet 02 has been removed until they themselves are in the position that they can pass under the obstacle 112. The height of the obstacle 112 is preferably adapted to the thickness of the sheets 02 and / or to a desired type of separation. A weir 112, for example, which is preferably designed as a plate 112, is used as a height-adjustable obstacle 112. If the sheets 02 are to be completely separated, a height below the obstacle is preferably greater than the thickness of the sheets 02 and less than twice the thickness of the sheets 02.If incomplete separation is sufficient, for example in the form of an imbricated stream of sheets 02, then the height under the obstacle is preferably correspondingly greater than twice the thickness of the sheets 02 and, for example, less than four times the thickness of the sheets 02. For example, the entire stack 104 is separated or incompletely separated, i.e. flaked, in particular if no partial stack separator 103 is arranged. Preferably, however, the stack 104 is successively divided into partial stacks 106 by means of the partial stack separator 103, which are then turned over or transported further and then separated or incompletely separated, that is to say flaked.

The lower translation element 111 is designed, for example, as a suction transport means 111, in particular as a suction belt 111 and / or a suction box belt 111 and / or a roller suction system 111. In this case, however, at least one relatively simple conveyor belt 111 which does not have a suction device is preferably used as the lower translation element 111. The lower translation element 111 is A respective partial stack 106 is preferably fed from the partial stack turning device 101, which is at least partially separated by means of the obstacle 112 and converted into a stream of separated or flaked sheets 02 arranged on the at least one lower translation element 111. At this point, an exact position of the sheets 02 is preferably not yet necessary, since this exact position is preferably only established in a subsequent treatment by means of at least one further separating device 109 and / or by means of a contact device 300. The at least one contact device 300 is part of the substrate supply device 100 or is designed independently.

A separation of the sheets 02 of the stack 104 or partial stack 106 or in particular a storage stack or plant stack from below takes place in a second embodiment of a sheet separating device 109, for example by storing the stack 104 or partial stack 106 or storage stack or plant stack in a storage device 134 and at least one, in particular, primary Accelerating means 136 is brought into contact with a bottom sheet 02 of the stack 104 or partial stack 106 or storage stack or system stack at preferably controlled and / or regulated selected times and / or acts in a controlled and / or regulated manner on this bottom sheet 02. In the foregoing and in the following, a storage stack designed as a system stack is referred to when the separation is described from below by means of this sheet separation device 109. This is independent of whether any other, for example partial separation from below or from above has already taken place beforehand, or whether this system stack has been pretreated differently or was introduced as a whole directly into the storage device 134 when it was first fed into the substrate feed device 100.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized by that a respective section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, determined by the at least one primary acceleration means 136, has a minimum radius of curvature which is at least 2 meters and / or in the entire area of the respective primary acceleration means 136 has a direction which deviates from at least one horizontal direction and / or from the transport direction T by at most 30 °.

The processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, and in particular the substrate feed device 100, preferably has at least one storage device 134 for at least one storage stack of sheets 02. The storage device 134 is preferably arranged after the stack holding area 102 with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02. For example, two storage stacks are provided, one of which is designed as a system stack and one as a buffer stack. Preferably, by means of the substrate feed device 100, sheets 02 originating from a first stack 104, which is designed, for example, as a feeder stack 104, can be fed to the storage device 134 and in particular to the at least one storage stack, in particular from above. The at least one storage device 134 preferably has the at least one separating device 109 acting from below, which is designed to individually remove a respective lowermost sheet 02 of a storage stack and, in particular, of an attachment stack. This bottom sheet 02 in each case is preferably the bottom sheet 02 of a storage stack comprising a plurality of sheets 02. This at least one separating device 109 acting from below is accordingly preferably designed to be able to separate and / or separate a storage stack and in particular a system stack from below.

The storage device 134 preferably has at least one front stop 137, which is preferably designed as a front wall 137 and / or serves as a front lay 127. Alternatively or additionally, a separate front lay 127 is arranged. The front stop 137 preferably prevents unwanted movement of sheets 02 in the transport direction T before they have become the bottom sheet 02 of the system stack. The front stop 137 preferably prevents tilting or other disintegration of the at least one storage stack arranged in the storage device 134, in particular the contact stack and / or the buffer stack.

The storage device 134 preferably has at least one side stop 139, which is preferably designed as a side wall 139. More preferably, side stops 139 are arranged on both sides of the storage device 134 with respect to the transverse direction A. Alternatively or additionally, at least one separate side mark 128 is arranged. The at least one side stop preferably prevents unwanted movement of sheets 02 in and / or against the transverse direction A before they have become the bottom sheet 02 in each case of the system stack. The at least one side stop 139 preferably prevents tilting or other disintegration of the at least one storage stack arranged in the storage device 134, in particular the contact stack and / or the buffer stack. The storage device 134 preferably has at least one back stop 141, which is preferably designed as a rear wall 141. The at least one back stop 141 is arranged in front of the at least one storage stack with respect to the transport direction T and preferably prevents unwanted movement of sheets 02 against the transport direction T before they have become the bottom sheet 02 of the system stack. The back stop 141 preferably prevents the at least one storage stack arranged in the storage device 134, in particular the abutment stack and / or the buffer stack, from tipping or otherwise falling apart.

The separating device 109 preferably has at least one, in particular, primary accelerating means 136, in particular for accelerating a respective lowermost sheet 02 of the at least one storage stack or contact stack, more preferably in the transport direction T. The at least one primary accelerator 136 is preferably arranged below the at least one storage stack, more preferably below the at least one contact stack and even more preferably also further below the at least one buffer stack. The at least one primary acceleration means 136 is for example as at least one transport roller 136 and / or as at least one transport belt 136 and / or as at least one suction transport means 136, in particular suction belt 136 and / or suction box belt 136 and / or roller suction system 136 and / or suction gripper 136 and / or suction roller 136 and / or preferably has at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 on. What has been described above and below about suction transport means preferably applies accordingly. For example, several primary acceleration means 136 are arranged, in particular in the form of several transport rollers 136 and / or several conveyor belts 136; 718; 726 and / or several suction transport means 136. For example, several primary acceleration means 136 are arranged one behind the other with respect to the transport direction T. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one primary acceleration means 136 has at least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least seven transport surfaces 718 and in particular transport belts 718; 726 on. It is preferred that the at least two, preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least seven transport surfaces 718 and / or transport belts 718; 726 of the at least one primary acceleration means 136 can be driven by means of a common primary drive M101.

At least one spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 arranged. The at least one spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 preferably serves to control the at least one primary accelerator 136 at least temporarily and / or controlled and / or regulated by to be able to keep away any sheet 02. For example, a sheet 02 or several sheets 02 or a stack of sheets 02 lie at least temporarily on the at least one spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 on. The at least one primary accelerator 136 and the at least one spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 are preferably arranged to be movable relative to one another, at least with respect to the vertical direction V, in particular due to the vertical mobility of the at least one spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 and / or through vertical mobility of the at least one primary acceleration means 136. For example, the at least one spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 designed as at least one support surface provided with recesses for sheets 02 and / or the primary acceleration means 136 protrude upwards at least partially and / or at least temporarily through the recesses. The sum of the respective support surface can be smaller than the total surface of the recesses.

In a holding position, the respective lowermost sheet 02 of the system stack lies on the spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 without touching the primary acceleration means 136. If the at least one spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 lowered and / or the at least one primary acceleration means 136 raised, the respective lowermost sheet 02 of the system stack comes into contact with the corresponding at least one primary acceleration means 136. By suitably driving the at least one primary acceleration means 136, this sheet 02 is moved forward in the transport direction T. The at least one primary acceleration means 136 preferably stands still at the moment in which it comes into contact with the lowermost sheet 02 of the system stack and is then accelerated in order to accelerate this sheet 02 at the same time. It is preferred that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 itself is accelerated at least temporarily, while a respective sheet 02 is accelerated to the first speed v1, in particular from a standstill. The at least one primary acceleration means 136 is preferably braked and, in particular, stopped after it has failed Contact with this sheet 02 is advisable.

Alternatively, in particular when the primary acceleration means 136 are activated accordingly, the at least one spacer 144 is omitted; 144.1; 144.2. Preferably, only the respective at least one primary acceleration means 136 is driven, which is in contact with the currently lowermost sheet 02 of the system stack. Primary acceleration means 136 which are not in contact with any sheet 02 or are already in contact with the next sheet 02 are then preferably first stopped. Primary acceleration means 136, which are already out of contact with the current bottom sheet 02 of the system stack, are preferably first stopped and / or kept or brought out of contact with the next sheet 02. For example, in the case of a suction transport means 136, sections of a suction device can be switched off in a targeted manner.

The at least one primary acceleration means 136 preferably serves, alone or in cooperation with at least one further, in particular secondary acceleration means 119, always to accelerate exactly one sheet 02, which has preferably already been aligned with respect to the transport direction T and / or the transverse direction A. This acceleration takes place, for example, from a temporary standstill and / or to a processing speed and / or coating speed and / or printing speed at which at least one sheet 02 at this and / or a later point in time is passed through at least one further unit 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 is transported and processed there, in particular by the at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 is transported and is further preferably coated there. This acceleration is carried out, if necessary, in combination with further, in particular secondary, acceleration means 119. By means of the at least one primary accelerator 136 and / or the at least one secondary Accelerating means 119 is a respective sheet 02 from a standstill and / or from a first speed v1 to a second speed v2, while at least one other sheet 02 is simultaneously with a processing speed and / or coating speed and / or printing speed by the at least one further unit 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, in particular non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 is transported and further preferably processed there, in particular coated and / or printed.

The first speed v1 is preferably a speed different from the processing speed and / or coating speed and / or printing speed. The second speed v2 is preferably equal to the processing speed and / or coating speed and / or a printing speed provided for transporting the sheets through the at least one printing module and / or a punching speed provided for transporting the sheets through the at least one punching module. Preferably, at least one outgoing transport means 119 of the substrate feed device 100 is arranged downstream of the at least one primary acceleration means 136 with respect to the transport direction T. This is designed, for example, as at least one transport roller 119 or at least one pair of transport rollers 119 or as at least one suction transport means 119. For example, this at least one outgoing transport means 119 is also an acceleration means 119, in particular the at least one secondary acceleration means 119. The at least one secondary acceleration means 119 is preferably designed as a suction transport means 119 and / or the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 has at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 on. For example, the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 has at least two, preferably at least three, more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least seven transport surfaces 718 and in particular transport belts 718; 726 on. It is preferred that the at least two, preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least seven transport surfaces 718 and / or transport belts 718; 726 of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 can be driven by means of a common secondary drive M102.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that a respective section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, is defined by the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 has a minimum radius of curvature which is at least 2 meters and / or has a direction in the entire area of the respective primary acceleration means 119 which deviates from at least one horizontal direction and / or from the transport direction T by at most 30 °.

The at least one front stop 137 and / or the at least one front lay 127 is preferably used for aligning the sheets 02 of the system stack. For example, the at least one front stop 137 and / or the at least one front lay 127 is arranged at least temporarily in such a way that it influences at least the second sheet 02 from below of the system stack and / or is out of contact with the bottom sheet 02 of the system stack. Alignment then takes place, for example, in that the sheet 02 lying on the lowermost sheet 02 is pressed against the at least one front stop 137 and / or the at least one front lay 127 by the transport of the lowermost sheet 02 and is aligned before it itself with the at least one in particular primary accelerator 136 comes into contact, which then more preferably stands still. It is preferred that a surface of the at least one front stop 137 provided for contact with sheet 02 is oriented against the transport direction T. For example, at least one Arranged pressing element and / or deflector element, which causes the sheets 02 to rest against the front stop 137 and / or the front lay 127 and is designed, for example, as at least one brush. The sheets 02 thus always come into contact with the at least one acceleration means 136 in a defined position and can be transported further by this in an exactly known position.

It is preferred that the at least one front stop 137 is arranged so as to be changeable in its position in relation to the vertical direction V. The height of the at least one front stop 137 and / or the at least one front lay 127 is preferably adjustable in order to be adapted to different thicknesses of sheets 02. It is preferred that a passage gap delimited at least upward by the at least one front stop 137 during a processing operation of the sheet processing machine 02 is greater than a thickness of a respective one of the sheets 02 to be processed and is less than twice the thickness of a respective one of the sheets 02 to be processed. As an alternative or in addition, for example, the at least one front stop 137 and / or the at least one front lay 127 is movably, in particular pivoted, arranged in such a way that they only release the further intended transport path of the lowermost sheet 02 when it comes into contact with at least one front stop 137 and / or this at least one front lay 127 has been aligned. The sheet feeder unit 100 preferably has at least one front stop 137, which is arranged along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, between the at least one primary accelerator 136 on the one hand and the at least one secondary accelerator 119 on the other. For example, if the substrate supply device 100 has at least one front lay 127 and / or at least one front stop 137, the contact device 300 is preferably a component of the substrate supply device 100 and more preferably a component of the separating device 109.

Adaptation to different widths of sheets 02 to be processed is preferably possible. The width of a sheet 02 is to be understood in particular as its dimensions in the transverse direction A. For example, the sheet processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is characterized in that the sheet feeder module 100 has at least one suction belt 119; 136; 311 formed suction transport means 119; 136; 311 and this at least one suction belt 119; 136; 311 at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 and more preferably at least one displacement means 158; 159 is arranged, by means of which at least one of the at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 is laterally displaceable in and / or against the transverse direction A. The at least one primary acceleration means 136 is preferably a suction belt 119; 136; 311 is designed with these properties and / or the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 is a suction belt 119; 136; 311 designed with these properties. The at least one side stop and / or the at least one side mark 128 is preferably given in that the side stops 139, in particular side walls 139, can be arranged to be movable with respect to the transverse direction A and in particular adapted to a width of the sheets 02. As a result, the sheets 02 can slide along the side walls 139 during their movement caused by the removal of the respective lowermost sheet 02 and preferably downward and can be brought into an aligned position and / or held in this. Areas of accelerator means 119; 136 and / or conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726, which are outside the width of the sheets 02 currently to be processed, can be covered by means of at least one protective cover. This at least one protective cover is designed, for example, as at least one telescopic plate. Alternatively, at least one active movement of the sheets 02, in particular driven by a drive, is provided against at least one side stop 139, for example in the case of a sheet 02 essentially and / or at least at rest with respect to the transport direction T. A lateral alignment takes place, for example, before and / or during and / or after accelerating the sheet 02 with respect to the transport direction T. As an alternative or in addition to mechanical front stops 137 and / or side stops 139, corresponding position sensors are arranged which move and / or stop the respective sheet 02 in the respective direction with a correspondingly precise drive and / or move it superimposed during its transport movement, to align it.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the sheet processing machine 01 comprises at least two modules 100; 600 trained units 100; 600 and that more preferably the at least two modules 100; 600 each have at least their own drive M100; M101; M102; M103; M600; M601 and that at least one of the at least two modules 100 is a sheet feeder module 100 designed as a substrate feed device 100 and that the substrate feed device 100 has at least one primary accelerator 136 with a primary drive M101; M103 of the substrate feed device 100 and at least one secondary accelerator 119 with a secondary drive M102 of the substrate feed device 100 arranged along a transport path in the transport direction T after the at least one primary acceleration device 136 provided for a transport of sheets 02 and that at least one further module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 at least one of the primary drive M101; M103 of the substrate feed device 100 and the secondary drive M102 of the substrate feed device 100 various further drives M200; M300; M400; M500; M550; M600; M700; M800; M900; M1000 is assigned to transport sheet 02. The primary drive M101; M103 and the secondary drive M102 and the at least one further drive M200; M300; M400; M500; M550; M600; M700; M800; M900; M1000 each as a position-controlled electric motor M100; M200; M300; M400; M500; M550; M600; M700; M800; M900; M1000 trained. Drive control of the primary drive M101 is also preferred; M103 differs from a drive control of the secondary drive M102 and is a Drive control of the at least one further drive M600 from the drive control of the primary drive M101; M103 and different from the drive control of the secondary drive M102. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the drive control of the primary drive M101; M103 and the drive control of the secondary drive M102 are connected in terms of circuitry to a machine control of the sheet processing machine 01, and it is further preferred that the drive control of the primary drive M101; M103 and the drive control of the secondary drive M102 and the drive control of the at least one further drive M600 are connected by circuitry to the machine control of the sheet processing machine 01.

The at least one further module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 is preferred as the coating module 400; 600; 800 and / or printing module 600 and / or as a non-impact coating module 400; 600; 800 and / or non-impact printing module 600 and / or preferably has at least one print head 416; 616; 816 and / or inkjet printhead 416; 616; 816 on.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that at least one sheet sensor 164 of the substrate supply device 100 for detecting a respective leading edge and / or a respective trailing edge of respective sheets 02 is arranged aligned with the intended transport path. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one sheet sensor 164 is based on the transport direction T after the at least one primary accelerator 136 and / or after the at least one front stop 137 and / or is arranged in front of the at least one secondary accelerator 119. Alternatively or additionally, the is preferably characterized as The processing machine 01 embodied by sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that the at least one sheet sensor 164 is arranged in the area of the at least one secondary accelerator 119 and / or after the at least one secondary accelerator 119 in relation to the transport direction T.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 is designed as a suction transport means 119 and is exclusively below that for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheets 02 provided transport path is arranged and / or that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 is designed as suction transport means 136 and is arranged exclusively below the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02 and / or that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 is arranged below a storage area 134 provided for storing a stack of sheets 02 and / or that the at least one primary acceleration means 136, in particular as a whole, by means of at least one vertical drive is arranged movable at least with respect to a vertical direction V, in particular relative to the primary drive M101; M103. This vertical drive is preferably designed as a position-regulated electric motor and / or a drive control of this vertical drive is connected directly or indirectly to the machine control and / or connected via the BUS system to the machine control and / or to other drive controls, for example that of the drive of the primary accelerator 136 and / or that of the drive of the secondary acceleration means 119 and / or that of the own drive of the processing module 400; 600; 800; 900

Adaptation to different lengths of sheets 02 to be processed is preferably possible. The length of an arc 02 is in particular its length To understand dimension in the transport direction T and / or its horizontal, orthogonal to the transverse direction A oriented dimension. The adjustment is preferably carried out in that the at least one front stop 137 and / or more preferably the at least one back stop 141 is movable and / or moved with respect to the transport direction T and in particular can be and / or is arranged adapted to the length of the sheets 02. A change in the position of the backstop 141 results in a different position of the beginning of the storage device 134 in relation to the transport direction T, for example. In order to compensate for this, a transport means 111 arranged in front of the storage device 134 in relation to the transport direction T is preferred in its relation to the transport direction T. effective length adjustable. For this purpose, this transport means 111 has, for example, a first number of transport elements or transport belts that cannot be changed with regard to their effective range. These are designed as conveyor belts, for example. This transport means 111 preferably additionally has, for example, a second number of transport elements which can be varied with regard to their effective range. These are designed, for example, as transport elements and / or conveyor belts that can be displaced overall at least with respect to the transport direction T. Corresponding displacement of the displaceable transport elements in and / or against the transport direction T results in a changed effective length of the entirety of transport elements that are unchangeable with regard to their effective range and transport elements that are variable with regard to their effective range.

As an alternative or in addition, the substrate feed device 100 is characterized in that the substrate feed device 100 has at least one transport means 119 which is arranged after the storage device 134 with respect to the transport direction T and is designed to be variable in its effective length in relation to the transport direction T.

The at least one buffer stack is used in particular to ensure a continuous supply of sheets 02. Corrugated cardboard sheets 02 in particular have relatively great thicknesses, that is to say dimensions in the vertical direction V. As a result, stacks 104 of corrugated cardboard sheets 02 are processed particularly quickly by separation. For an uninterrupted replenishment of sheets 02 to the processing machine 01, it is therefore advantageous to buffer sheets 02, which can be at least partially processed while the feeder stack 104 is exchanged or renewed. For this purpose, sheets 02 are preferably conveyed at least partially faster from the feeder stack 104 to the buffer stack than they are later and / or other sheets 02 at the same point in time in the processing machine 01 and in particular in its coating unit 400; 600; 800 conveyed and / or coated. The buffer stack then decreases during the renewal of the feeder stack 104 and is then refilled, while sheets 02 are removed from it, in particular by means of the at least one metering element, preferably at a steady rate, especially from below, and fed to the attachment stack. Preferably, the at least one transport means 111 arranged in front of the storage device 134 and in particular after the feeder stack 104 and / or after a main stack carrier provided for the feeder stack 104 can be operated at a respective point in time at a speed that is different and more preferably at least temporarily higher is a coating speed or printing speed at which sheet 02 passes through the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 can be transported. A drive M100 of the substrate supply device 100, which is assigned to this transport means 111, is preferably independent of a drive M100 of the coating unit 400; 600; 800 assigned drive M400; M600; M800 operable.

Sheets 02 are preferably fed to the storage device 134 from above. It is further preferred that these sheets 02 are fed to the storage device 134 in a completely separated manner or at least partially separated. The sheets 02 are preferred Storage device 134 supplied by first being removed from a feeder stack 104. For this purpose, the sheets 02 are completely or partially separated.

This separation before feeding into the storage device 134 takes place, for example, as already described from below, in particular by means of a lower transport means 111, on which the sheets 02 lie as a stack 104 or preferably as a partial stack 106 at least partially against the obstacle 112 and thus depending on the setting of the obstacle 112 is isolated or incompletely isolated, that is to say flaked. For example, this results in overlapping, in which a respective subsequent sheet 02 is thus partially arranged on a respective sheet 02 preceding it. The sheets 02 are then conveyed by means of the transport means 111 until they enter the storage device 134 at its end. This is preferably done by the sheets 02 falling into a shaft of the storage device 134. This shaft is formed, for example, by the at least one front stop 137 and / or the at least one back stop 141 and / or the at least one side stop. At least one pressure roller 146 and / or pressure roller 146 is preferably arranged, which presses sheet 02 against that transport means 111 which is arranged directly in front of the shaft. As a result, the sheets 02 can be fed to the shaft in a controlled manner. The shaft preferably has a cross-sectional area that decreases in the downward direction. As a result, the sheets 02 can already be aligned when the sheets 02 sink, in particular with respect to the transport direction T and / or with respect to the transverse direction A. The sinking sheets 02 then one after the other become the uppermost sheet 02 of the subsequent storage stack, which is preferably the Buffer stack is.

An alternative, at least partial, separation of the sheets 02 of the stack 104, in particular designed as a feeder stack 104, or of a partial stack 106 from above is preferably carried out in that each time a sheet 02 is removed, a main part of the stack 104 remains at least essentially unchanged with respect to the transport direction T and only if necessary, is increased continuously or gradually. The main part of the stack 104 preferably consists of all the sheets 02 of the stack 104 that have not yet been removed. The substrate supply device 100 preferably has at least one removal device 114 which acts and / or is capable of acting on sheets 02 of the stack 104 from above. By means of the at least one removal device 114, an uppermost sheet 02 of the stack 104 can preferably be individually grasped and / or transported on. The at least one removal device 114 has, for example, at least one handling element 116, preferably designed as a lifting element 116 and / or holding element 116, which is preferably designed as at least one lifting sucker 116 and / or as at least one separating sucker 116 and / or as at least one transport sucker 116. The at least one lifting element 116 can preferably be moved with at least one component, in particular in the vertical direction V upwards and counter to the vertical direction V downwards. At least one blowing device (not shown) is preferably arranged, in particular in front of the removal device 114 with respect to the transport direction T. This serves, for example, to facilitate the separation of the uppermost sheet 02 from the sheet 02 below. The removal device 114 also preferably has at least one upper translation element 117. The at least one upper translation element 117 preferably serves at least one movement of the sheets 02 in the intended transport direction T, for example up to a further, in particular expiring, transport means 119 of the substrate supply device 100 or up to a further unit 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or up to a transport means 111, which leads to the storage device 134. The further transport means 119 of the substrate supply device 100 preferably ensures a further transport of the sheets 02, in particular in the transport direction T and / or up to an exit 121 of the substrate supply device 100.

For example, the at least one handling element 116, in particular lifting element 116 and / or holding element 116, is on the at least one upper one Translation element 117 is arranged and can be moved together with it, in particular in and against the vertical direction V and / or in and against the transport direction T. The removal device 114 is then constructed, for example, like a known sheet separator 114 in this regard. By means of such a sheet separator 114, an uppermost sheet 02 is grasped, in particular sucked in, then preferably at least slightly raised and at least also moved in the intended transport direction T until it comes into an area of influence of another device that continues its transport. Such a sheet separator 114 is characterized, for example, by the fact that its upper translation element 117 executes an oscillating movement and / or moves at least and preferably exactly once per sheet 02 in transport direction T and then reverses and moves at least and preferably exactly once per sheet 02 opposite to that Transport direction T moves.

Alternatively, the at least one upper translation element 117 can be operated and / or moved separately from the at least one handling element 116, in particular lifting element 116 and / or holding element 116. For example, the at least one upper translation element 117 is designed as a transport means 117, in particular suction transport means 117 and preferably as a suction belt 117 and / or suction box belt 117 and / or roller suction system 117, the suction openings 722 or suction openings 724 of which preferably also or only point downwards and / or Suction is preferably directed at least also or only upwards. The removal device 114 is then preferably characterized in that the upper translation element 117 executes a circumferential movement. The at least one lifting element 116 can then preferably be moved upward so far that a sheet 02 held by it comes into contact with the at least one upper translation element 117 or at least comes so far into its area of influence that, when the at least one lifting element 116 is subsequently deactivated, the Arch of the at least one upper translation element 117 can be retained. For example, the at least one lifting element 116 can be moved upward so far that each as Contact area of the at least one lifting element 116 with the arch 02 area of the at least one lifting element 116 is as high as or higher than each area of the at least one upper translation element 117 provided as the contact area of the at least one upper translation element 117 with the arch 02. This area provided as a contact area is, for example, the transport surface 718 or counterpressure surface 718 of the upper translation element 117.

In one embodiment, the at least one lifting element 116 can be moved upward so far that a sheet 02 held by it comes into contact with the at least one upper translation element 117, in particular with its transport surface 718 or counterpressure surface 718, and by the at least one upper translation element 117 can be transported at least in the transport direction T, while the at least one lifting element 116 also ensures at least that the sheet 02 is drawn against the at least one upper transport element 117. The at least one lifting element 116 then acts, for example, at least in its raised position as part of the at least one upper translation element 117, more preferably without being movable in the transport direction T itself. In particular, this is preferably the case when the at least one upper translation element 117 is designed as a roller suction system 117. Alternatively, however, this is also the case if the at least one upper translation element 117 is designed as a suction belt 117 and / or as a suction box belt 117.

Depending on the mode of operation, a stream of completely separated sheets 02 or a stream of sheets 02 lying on top of one another can be generated. This is dependent, for example, on a ratio of an average transport speed of the sheets 02 in the transport direction T to a frequency with which the sheets 02 are removed from the stack 104.

Regardless of further configurations of the at least one Substrate feed device 100 preferably has at least one outgoing transport means 119, which is further preferably designed as suction transport means 119 and / or as at least one transport roller 119 or at least one pair of transport rollers 119 forming a transport gap and / or as at least one pair of transport belts 119 forming a transport gap is. The outgoing transport means 119 serves, for example, to remove substrate 02 to be processed, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheets 02, from substrate feed device 100, in particular to an exit 121 of substrate feed device 100. For example, at least one pressure roller 122 and / or pressure roller 122 interacting in particular with the outgoing transport means 119 is arranged.

The substrate supply device 100 has in particular, independently of the separation from above and / or from below, preferably at least one dedicated drive M100 or motor M100, in particular electric motor M100 or position-regulated electric motor M100, which further preferably has at least one transport means 111; 117; 119 of the substrate supply device 100 is arranged to be able to drive and / or be able to drive. In particular if at least one accelerator 119; 136 is arranged, the substrate supply device 100 preferably has at least one first further drive M101; M103 or M101 motor; M103, in particular electric motor M101; M103 or position-controlled electric motor M101; M103, which further preferably has at least one acceleration means 119; 136 of the substrate supply device 100 is arranged to be driving and / or capable of being driven. The at least one first further drive M101; M103 also becomes the primary drive M101; M103 or primary acceleration drive M101; M103 of the substrate feeder 100 is called. For example, the substrate supply device 100 preferably has at least a second further dedicated drive M102 or motor M102, in particular an electric motor M102 or position-regulated electric motor M102, which further preferably has at least one outgoing transport means 119 and / or at least one after the at least one, in particular primary, acceleration means 136 on sheet 02 active and / or able to act Transport means 119 or secondary acceleration means 119 of the substrate supply device 100 driving and / or capable of driving is arranged. At least the first further drive M101; M103 and / or at least the second further drive M102 independently of further drives M100; M101; M102; M103 of the substrate supply device can be driven.

The substrate feed device 100, which is preferably designed as a unit 100 and / or as a module 100, is preferably additionally or alternatively characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, defined by substrate feed device 100 an exit height of the substrate feeder 100 ends. This section of the transport path provided for transporting substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, and preferably the entire transport path provided for transporting substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, preferably begins with the separation of the sheets 02. The starting height of the substrate supply device 100 preferably deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably by at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm.

In an alternative or additional development, the sheet processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that it has at least one unit 100; 300, which has at least one suction belt 119; 136; 311 formed suction transport means 119; 136; 311 for transporting sheets 02 in a transport direction T. Alternatively or additionally, it has at least one suction belt 119; 136; 311 at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726, wherein at least one displacement means 158; 159 is arranged, by means of which at least one of the at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 is laterally displaceable in and / or against the transverse direction A, in particular adjustable laterally displaceable and / or relative to at least one, in particular, stationary frame 162 of this at least one unit 100; 300. The at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 are therefore preferably not only arranged offset with respect to the transverse direction A, but rather from a respective one of these at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726, starting in and / or against the transverse direction A, at least one other of the at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 arranged.

The displaceability of at least one conveyor belt 119; 136; 718; 726, an adaptation to a width and / or a position of sheets 02 to be processed is made possible. Are several conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 arranged next to one another, depending on the width of the sheets 02 and the position of the conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 different situations. Ideally, the ends of the sheets 02 in relation to the transverse direction A each lie on a conveyor belt 119; 136; 718; 726 on. However, since, for example, with respect to the transverse direction A between conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 are each intermediate spaces and in particular suction openings 722 are arranged, there are various dangers. On the one hand, an end of a respective sheet 02 in relation to the transverse direction A can lie, for example, above a suction opening 722 and then at least partially be drawn into the suction opening 722 by the negative pressure. This would possibly result in a bending of the respective sheet 02, which in turn can lead to problems and / or inaccuracies during the transport and / or further processing of the sheets 02. There is also the risk that a sheet 02, the end of which in relation to the transverse direction A is only to a very small extent on a conveyor belt 119; 136; 718; 726 lies, for example two millimeters or less, with this end being pulled into a suction opening 722, thereby laterally in contact with the conveyor belt 119; 136; 718; 726 device and is thereby shifted with respect to the transverse direction A.

The displaceability of at least one conveyor belt 119; 136; 718; 726, such situations can be avoided or at least mitigated, for example by having at least one conveyor belt 119; 136; 718; 726 or preferably several or more preferably all of the conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 are displaced with respect to the transverse direction A and thereby advantageous conditions are created in the area of the ends of the sheets 02 in relation to the transverse direction A. In this way, sheets 02 of different widths can each be handled in an optimized manner. In particular, the conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 then at least temporarily asymmetrically relative to a center of the respective unit 100; 300 are arranged and thereby the sheets 02 are transported in the middle regardless of their width. An adaptation of the position of the at least one conveyor belt 119; 136; 718; 726 is preferably carried out before the start of a processing operation and, for example, once per processing order or only when processing sheets 02 whose width differs from the width of previously processed sheets 02. (In Figure 25a and 25b is an example of a set of conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 shown in different positions.)

In an alternative or additional development, the sheet processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one unit 100; 300 has at least one side stop 139, which is arranged in a stationary manner, in particular during the operation of the sheet processing machine 01, and / or at least one side mark 128, which is arranged in a stationary manner in particular during the operation of the sheet processing machine 01, for aligning sheet 02 with respect to the transverse direction A. This at least one side stop 139 and / or this at least one side mark 128 is preferably adjustable in its position relative to the transverse direction A and / or is preferably used to align sheet 02 with respect to the transverse direction A. Therefore, it is particularly preferred stationary during the operation of the sheet processing machine 01. The at least one is preferred, in particular during operation of the Sheet processing machine 01 fixedly arranged side stop 139 for aligning sheet 02 with respect to the transverse direction A in its position related to the transverse direction A, independently of the position of the at least three conveyor belts 119 related to the transverse direction A; 136; 718; 726 adjustable and / or the at least one side mark 128, which is arranged in a stationary manner, in particular during operation of the sheet processing machine 01, for aligning sheets 02 with respect to the transverse direction A in its position relative to the transverse direction A regardless of the position of the at least three conveyor belts relative to the transverse direction A 119; 136; 718; 726 adjustable. For example, the at least one unit 100; 300 at least two side stops 139 designed as described and / or at least two side marks 128 designed as described for aligning sheet 02 with respect to the transverse direction A. In particular, the at least one side stop 139 and / or the at least one side mark 128 are preferably relative to a frame 162 of the at least one unit 100; 300 arranged movable and / or adjustable, which is further preferably arranged in a stationary manner. The at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 are preferably arranged at least partially in the transverse direction A next to the at least one side stop 139 and / or the at least one side mark 128. The at least one unit 100; 300 is preferably designed as at least one sheet feeder unit 100 and / or as at least one contact unit 300. Alternatively, this is at least one unit 100; 300 as conditioning unit 200; 550 and / or as a coating unit 400; 600; 800 and / or as a transport unit 700 and / or as a shaping device 900 and / or as a substrate dispensing device 1000.

In an alternative or additional development, the sheet processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one unit 100; 300 has at least one front stop 137 for sheets 02, which is preferably less than a maximum length of sheets 02 to be processed by the at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 is located remotely. The at least one front stop is further preferably at least one front stop 137 for sheets 02 that is fixedly arranged and / or height-adjustable during operation of the sheet processing machine 01. The at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 is arranged at least partially in front of the at least one front stop 137 in relation to the transport direction T.

In an alternative or additional development, the sheet processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one unit 100; 300 at least one transport assembly 136 that is movable with respect to the transverse direction A; 161; 163; 718; 726 and that this has at least one transport assembly 136; 161; 163; 718; 726 at least one of the at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 and at least two of these at least one of the at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 has associated deflection means 163 and at least one support frame 161, which are preferably arranged to be movable jointly with respect to the transverse direction A and that these have at least one transport assembly 136; 161; 163; 718; 726 by means of the at least one displacement means 158; 159 is arranged displaceably in and / or against the transverse direction A. This transport assembly 136; 161; 163; 718; 726 several and even more preferably all of the conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 of the at least one suction belt 119; 136; 311 of this unit 100; 300 on. The at least one displacement means 158 preferably has at least one manual drive 159 and / or at least one electric drive 159 and / or at least one pneumatic drive 159 and / or at least one hydraulic drive 159. At least one handwheel is provided as the manual drive 159, for example.

In an alternative or additional development, the sheet processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 are arranged invariably relative to one another in their position in relation to the transverse direction A. and / or have a constant distance. In an alternative or additional development, the sheet processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the transport assembly 136; 161; 163; 718; 726 at least one motor M101; M102 for driving the at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 with respect to the transport direction T and / or that the transport assembly 136; 161; 163; 718; 726 at least one motor M101; M102 for driving the at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 of the at least one first suction belt 119; 136; 311 with respect to the transport direction T and at least one further motor M101; M102 for driving the at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 of the at least one further, with respect to the transport direction T behind the first suction belt 119; 136; 311 arranged suction belt 119; 136; 311 with respect to the transport direction T and / or that the transport assembly 136; 161; 163; 718; 726 at least one vacuum chamber 719 of at least one conveyor belt 119; 136; 718; 726 has. All components of the respective at least one suction belt 119; 136; 311 of this unit 100; 300 part of the transport assembly 136; 161; 163; 718; 726 and / or jointly displaceable with respect to the transverse direction A. As described, the transverse direction A is a horizontally running direction A and / or orthogonal to the intended transport direction T of the sheets 02 through the at least one unit 100; 300 and preferably by the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 oriented.

In an alternative or additional development, the sheet processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one unit 100; 300 at least two as suction belts 119; 136; 311 formed suction transport means 119; 136; 311 for transporting sheets 02 in a transport direction T, which are arranged one behind the other with respect to the transport direction T and which, for example, as a first suction belt 119; 136; 311 and as a further suction belt 119; 136; 311. In an alternative or additional development, the sheet processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that it has at least two suction belts 119; 136; 311 in each case at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 have. The respective at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 are therefore preferably not only arranged offset with respect to the transverse direction A, but rather from a respective one of these at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726, starting in and / or against the transverse direction A, at least one other of the at least three conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 arranged. As a result, a multi-stage acceleration of the sheets 02 on particularly secure suction belts 119; 136; 311, each with a plurality of adjustable conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 allows. In an alternative or additional development, the sheet processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that at least one, in particular, respective displacement means 158; 159 is arranged, by means of which at least one of the at least three at least one of these suction belts 119; 136; 311 associated conveyor belts 119; 136; 718; 726 can be adjusted laterally in and / or counter to the transverse direction A, in particular can be adjusted laterally. This at least two suction belts 119; 136; 311, in an alternative or additional development of the sheet processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, can preferably be operated and / or accelerated independently of one another with respect to transport movements in the transport direction T.

In an alternative or additional development, the sheet processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that from the set of at least one suction belt 119; 136; 311 at least one, for example the at least one first suction belt 119; 136; 311, as the primary acceleration means 136 of the separating device 109 of the at least an aggregate 100; 300 is formed and / or that at least one, more preferably at least one other or further suction belt 119; 136; 311 from the set of the at least one suction belt 119; 136; 311 as secondary acceleration means 119 of a separating device 109 of the at least one assembly 100; 300 is formed.

For example, the sheets 02 are fed from the substrate feed device 100 directly to an installation device 300 which, for example, can also be part of the substrate feed device 100. Alternatively, the sheets 02 are first fed to at least one preparation device 200.

At least one preparation device 200 is preferred in relation to the intended transport path after a substrate supply device 100 and / or in front of at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 arranged. The at least one preparation device 200 preferably has at least one action device 201. The at least one action device 201 is designed, for example, as a calender 201 and / or as a humidifier 201 and / or as a discharge device 201 and / or as an inertization device 201 and / or as a cleaning device 201 and / or as a deburring device 201 and / or as an inspection device 201. A cleaning device 201 is designed, for example, as a suction device 201 and / or as a blower device 201 and / or as a scraper device 201 and / or preferably serves to remove pieces of paper and / or dust. An inspection device 201 has, for example, at least one and preferably several, in particular at least two, in particular optical sensors, which are designed, for example, as a camera and / or in particular are preferably arranged to be mechanically movable in the transverse direction A. Such sensors can be used, for example, to detect an alignment of incoming sheets 02, in particular for further processing. Alternatively or additionally, these sensors are used to detect and / or check the dimensions of the sheets 02, for example for a comparison with order data. The action device 201 is, for example, within a further unit 100; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 arranged, in particular aligned with the intended transport route and / or acting and / or capable of acting. Preferably, however, the preparation device 200 is designed as an independent unit 200 and more preferably a module 200.

The preparation device 200 preferably has at least one transport means 211, which is more preferably designed as a suction transport means 211. What has been described above and below about suction transport means preferably applies accordingly. The preparation device 200 preferably has at least its own drive M200 or motor M200, in particular an electric motor M200 or position-regulated electric motor M200, which is further preferably arranged to drive and / or be able to drive the at least one transport means 211. For example, the preparation device 200 has at least one pressure roller 202 or pressure roller 202, by means of which sheets 02 can be acted upon with a force against at least one transport means 211. The preparation device 200 preferably has at least one transfer means 03 for sheets 02. The section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, determined by the preparation device 200, is preferably essentially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably essentially and more preferably designed to run exclusively horizontally.

The preparation device 200, which is preferably designed as a unit 200 and / or module 200, is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, which is determined by the preparation device 200, is on a The entrance level of the preparation device 200 begins and / or ends at an exit level of the preparation device 200. Preferably the Preparatory device 200 in that this entrance height of the preparatory device 200 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably by a maximum of 1 cm and even more preferably by a maximum of 2 mm and / or that the initial height of the preparatory device 200 differs from the first standard height by a maximum of 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm and even more preferably no more than 2 mm and / or that the respective entrance height of the preparation device 200 differs from the initial height of the preparation device 200 by no more than 5 cm, more preferably no more than 1 cm and even more preferably no more than 2 mm deviates.

For example, sheets 02 are accelerated in stages by means of the substrate feed device 100 and / or at least one contact device 300. For this purpose, for example, at least one primary acceleration means 136 and at least one secondary acceleration means 119 are arranged. The primary accelerator 136 accelerates the sheets 02 preferably to a first speed v1 and the secondary accelerator 119 accelerates the sheets 02 later preferably to a second speed v2, for example the processing speed or printing speed and, if necessary, to an even higher third speed v3 in between. This means that no accelerator 119; 136 can be accelerated and decelerated between a standstill and the second speed v2 or even the third speed v3. Unintentionally large accelerations are eliminated. Instead, it is sufficient, for example, for the primary accelerator 136 if it is accelerated and decelerated between a standstill and the first speed v1. In one embodiment, the second acceleration means 119 is accelerated up to the second speed v2 or even up to the third speed v3 and then decelerated again to a minimum speed. This minimum speed is preferably equal to the first speed v1. Alternatively, this minimum speed is greater than the first speed v1. The arch 02 will be then accelerated during a transfer between the primary accelerator 136 and the secondary accelerator 119 by a relative speed between secondary accelerator 119 on the one hand and sheet 02 on the other hand and by corresponding friction, at least until they are moved at the second speed v2. The sheets 02 are thus pulled along and accelerated in the process. In an alternative embodiment, the secondary acceleration means 119 is operated constantly at the second speed v2 and the acceleration of the sheets 02 to the second speed v2 takes place completely as described via the relative speed and corresponding friction. If necessary, further accelerating means are arranged.

A processing machine 01 embodied in particular as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that the sheet-fed printing machine 01 comprises at least two modules 100; 600 trained units 100; 600 and that more preferably the at least two modules 100; 600 each have at least their own drive M100; M101; M102; M103; M600; Have M601. As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that at least one of the at least two modules 600 is used as a non-impact coating module 400; 600; 800 is formed. As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that at least one of the at least two modules 500 is designed as a drying module 500.

The processing machine 01, in particular designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one and in particular at least one further of the at least two modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 has at least one drying device 500 or drying device 506. This drying device 500 or drying device 506 preferably has at least one energy output device 501 designed as a hot air source 502; 502; 503 on. Preferably the in particular, a processing machine 01 designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 alternatively or additionally in that as at least one further of the at least two modules 400; 600; 800 at least one coating module 400; 800 is arranged, which is designed as a primer module 400 and / or as a painting module 800 and which has its own drying device 500 or drying device 506. For example, the processing machine 01, in particular designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one coating module 400 designed as a primer module 400 is arranged as the at least one further module 400, which has its own drying device 500 or drying device 506 and this drying device 500 or Drying device 506 has at least one energy output device 501 designed as a hot air source 502; 502; 503 and / or that at least one coating module 800 designed as a painting module 800 is arranged as the at least one further module 800, which has its own drying device 500 or drying device 506 and this drying device 500 or drying device 506 has at least one energy output device 501 designed as a hot air source 502; 502; 503 has.

The at least one further of the at least two modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, for example the primer module 400 preferably has a frame 427; 627; 827 on. With this frame 427; 627; 827 whose drying device 500 or drying device 506 is rigidly connected directly or indirectly. For example, with this frame 427; 627; 827 at least one counter pressure means 408; 608; 808 of the at least one further of the at least two modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, for example the primer module 400 arranged directly or indirectly connected. The drying device 500 or drying device 506 of the at least one further of the at least two modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, for example the primer module 400 only via the frame 427; 627; 827 the at least one further of the at least two modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, for example the primer module 400 and / or mechanically flexible connections connected to a floor or an installation surface below the sheet-fed printing machine 01. An area of action of the drying device 500 or drying device 506 of the at least one further of the at least two modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, for example of the primer module 400, with regard to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, is preferably after an application point 418 of the at least one further of the at least two modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, for example of the primer module 400. One for transporting the sheets 02 through an active area of the drying device 500 or drying device 506 of the at least one further of the at least two modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, for example the transport means 417 provided for the primer module 400, in particular suction transport means 417, with regard to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, after a counter pressure means 408, this at least one further of the at least two modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, for example this primer module 400 is arranged. One for transporting the sheets 02 through an active area of the drying device 500 or drying device 506 of the at least one further of the at least two modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, for example the transport means 417 provided for the primer module 400, in particular suction transport means 417, is preferably by means of a drive M400; M401; M600; M601; M800; M801 of the at least one further of the at least two modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, for example the primer module 400 can be driven.

Generally on as a primer module 400 and / or as a printing module 600 and / or as a Painting module 800 configured coating module 400; 600; 800, this preferably means that the coating module 400; configured as a primer module 400 and / or as a printing module 600 and / or as a painting module 800; 600; 800 preferably a frame 427; 627; 827, with which directly or indirectly its drying device 500 or drying device 506 is rigidly connected and with which more preferably at least one counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808 of the coating module 400 designed as a primer module 400 and / or as a printing module 600 and / or as a painting module 800; 600; 800 is arranged directly or indirectly connected. The drying device 500 or drying device 506 of the coating module 400 embodied as a primer module 400 and / or as a printing module 600 and / or as a painting module 800 is preferred; 600; 800 only via the frame 427 of this coating module 400 designed as a primer module 400 and / or as a printing module 600 and / or as a painting module 800; 600; 800 and / or mechanically flexible connections are connected to a floor or an installation area below the sheet-fed printing machine 01. An area of action of the drying device 500 or drying device 506 of the coating module 400 designed as a primer module 400 and / or as a printing module 600 and / or as a painting module 800; 600; With regard to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, 800 is preferably after an application point 418; 618; 818 of the coating module 400 embodied as a primer module 400 and / or as a printing module 600 and / or as a painting module 800; 600; 800 arranged. A coating module 400 designed as a primer module 400 and / or as a printing module 600 and / or as a painting module 800 for the transport of the sheets 02 through an effective area of the drying device 500 or drying device 506; 600; 800 provided means of transport 417; 617; 817, in particular suction transport means 417; 617; 817, with regard to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, is preferably downstream of a counterpressure means 408; 608; 808 this as a primer module 400 and / or as a printing module 600 and / or as a painting module 800 formed coating module 400; 600; 800 arranged. A coating module 400 designed as a primer module 400 and / or as a printing module 600 and / or as a painting module 800 for the transport of the sheets 02 through an effective area of the drying device 500 or drying device 506; 600; 800 provided means of transport 417; 617; 817, in particular suction transport means 417; 617; 817, is preferably by means of a drive M400; M401; M600; M601; M800; M801 of the coating module 400 designed as a primer module 400 and / or as a printing module 600 and / or as a painting module 800; 600; 800 primer module 400 can be driven.

A rigid connection is understood to mean a connection that prevents uncontrolled relative movements. Nevertheless, it is provided, for example, that a targeted relative movement is possible by means of at least one mechanism and / or at least one drive, for example around the drying device 500 or drying device 506 from the one provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02 To be able to park the transport route.

As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that at least one of the at least two modules 100 is designed as a substrate feed device 100 and / or that at least one of the at least two modules 600 is designed as a printing module 600. As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that the substrate feed device 100 has at least one primary accelerator 136 with a primary drive M101; M103 or primary acceleration drive M101; M103 of the substrate feed device 100 and at least one secondary acceleration means 119 with secondary drive M102 or secondary acceleration drive M102 arranged along a transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, after the at least one primary acceleration means 136 Has substrate supply device 100 and that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 is arranged below a storage area 134 provided for storing a stack of sheets 02. Such a stack comprises more than one sheet 02. The primary drive M101; M103 of the at least one primary acceleration means 134 of the substrate supply device 100 is also the primary acceleration drive M101; M103 of the substrate feeder 100 is called. The secondary drive M102 of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 of the substrate supply device 100 is also called the secondary acceleration drive M102 of the substrate supply device 100.

As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that the at least one printing module 600 receives a drive from the primary drive M101; M103 of the substrate feed device 100 and the secondary drive M102 of the substrate feed device 100 are assigned different drives M600 for transporting sheets 02. Due to the arrangement of the primary drive M101; M103 and secondary drive M102 is the independent movement of the acceleration means 119; 136 and thus a gradual acceleration as described above is possible.

As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that the sheet-fed printing machine 01 comprises at least three modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 trained units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 and that the at least three modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 each have at least one own drive M100; M101; M102; M103; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; Have M1000.

As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that the sheet-fed printing machine 01 has several units 600 designed as printing modules 600, each of which has at least one drive M600 of its own. As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that the at least one printing module 600 is designed as a printing module 600 which applies a coating agent from above. As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that the at least one printing module 600 is designed as a non-impact coating unit 600 and / or as an inkjet printing unit 600. Preferably, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that sheets 02 can be accelerated and / or accelerated to a first speed v1 by means of the at least one primary accelerator 136 and that sheets 02 in particular from the first speed by means of the at least one secondary accelerator 119 v1 can be accelerated and / or accelerated to a second speed v2, which is greater than the first speed v1 or even up to a third speed v3, which is even greater than the second speed v2 with a subsequent deceleration to the second speed v2.

As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that a drive control of the primary drive M101; M103 differs from a drive control of the secondary drive M102 and that a drive control of the drive M600 of the printing module 600 differs from the drive control of the primary drive M101; M103 and from the drive control of the secondary drive M102. As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that the second speed v2 is a printing speed for transporting the sheets 02 through the at least one printing unit 600. As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that a drive control of the primary drive M101; M103 and a different drive control of the secondary drive M102 and a different drive control of the drive M600 of the printing module 600 are connected by circuitry to a machine control of the sheet-fed printing machine 01. The sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably distinguished as an alternative or in addition characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 is designed as at least one acceleration means 136 acting on a respective bottom sheet 02 of a stack.

Preferably, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that several subsets of primary acceleration means 136 are arranged as the at least one primary acceleration means 136, which can be operated at least at times with sheet speeds that differ from subset to subset and / or at least one only of these respective primary drive M101 assigned to a respective subset of acceleration means 136; M103 have. Each subset can have a primary accelerator 136 or several primary accelerators 136. (Examples are in Figure 14a and Figure 16b to see.)

As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that several spacers 144.1; 144.2 are arranged to be movable independently of one another at least with respect to the vertical direction V, for example at least one first spacer 144.1 and at least one second spacer 144.2. For example, the at least one first spacer 144.1 and / or the at least one second spacer 144.2 is designed as at least one support surface provided with recesses and / or the primary acceleration means 136 protrude upwards at least partially and / or at least temporarily through the recesses. (An example of this is in Figure 14b to see.)

As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that the drives M101; M102; M103 of the acceleration means 119 provided for moving the sheets 02 along their intended transport path; 136 of the substrate supply device 100 can be operated independently of such drives which at least relate to the vertical relative movement of the primary acceleration means 136 on the one hand and the at least one spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 or the spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 on the other hand, in particular the movements of the at least one spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 or the spacer 144; 144.1; 144.2 and / or the vertical movements of the at least one primary acceleration means 136.

Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 is used as at least one transport roller 136 and / or as at least one transport belt 136 and / or as at least one suction transport means 136 and / or as at least one suction belt 136 and / or or as at least one suction box belt 136 and / or as at least one roller suction system 136 and / or as at least one suction gripper 136 and / or as at least one suction roller 136. Preferably, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 is used as at least one outgoing transport means 119 of the substrate feed device 100 and / or as at least one transport roller 119 and / or as at least one pair of transport rollers 119 and forming a transport gap / or is designed as at least one suction transport means 119 and / or as at least one pair of conveyor belts 119 forming a transport gap. In particular, by means of at least one pair of conveyor belts 119 that form a conveyor gap, the risk of the sheets 02 being too strongly compressed and / or deformed can be reduced. (Examples are in Figures 16a and 16b In particular in connection with corrugated cardboard sheets 02, this brings about gentle processing of these sheets 02. For example, at least one replaceable assembly is arranged which has the at least one secondary accelerator 119. Then, in a simple manner and depending on the requirement, for example one pair of transport rollers 119 forming at least one transport gap can be exchanged for at least one pair of transport belts 119 forming a transport gap.

Preferably, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one additional device 147 for detecting incorrectly transported and / or incorrectly procured sheets 02 and / or at least one additional device 147 for sorting out sheets 02 and / or at least one additional device 147 for holding and / or is arranged to push back sheet 02. (This is exemplified in Fig. 15 This at least one additional device 147 is preferably arranged between the at least one primary accelerator 136 on the one hand and the at least one secondary accelerator 119 on the other hand with regard to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02. If the additional device 147 is designed as an additional device 147 for detecting incorrectly transported and / or incorrectly procured sheets 02, it is used, for example, to determine double sheets and / or to determine sheets 02 which have protruding components. Such protruding components could, for example, upon contact with a print head 416; 616; 816 damage to this print head 416; 616; 816.

An additional device 147 for sorting out sheets 02 has, for example, a suction device and / or a transport switch. For example, such an additional device 147 for sorting out has at least one compression means 148; 149, by means of which arch 02 can be compressed, in particular with regard to their height, and / or is designed as a compression device 147. This can result in corresponding damage to print heads 416; 616; 816 can be avoided even if protruding parts of the arch 02 were initially present. The corresponding sheets 02 are indeed destroyed, for example, but can preferably be sorted out by means of the transport switch.

In an alternative or additional development, the sheet processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferred characterized in that at least one sensor 153, in particular designed as a protrusion sensor 153, for detecting at least one spatial extent of sheet 02 is arranged along the transport path provided for the transport of sheets 02. The at least one protrusion sensor 153 is designed, for example, as an optical sensor and / or as a light barrier and / or as an ultrasonic sensor and / or as a capacitive sensor and / or as an inductive sensor and / or as a magnetic sensor. The at least one protrusion sensor 153 preferably detects the height of the sheets 02 transported lying underneath it. If part of the sheet 02, in particular part of the front end of the sheet 02, is too far up, this is detected by the at least one protrusion sensor 153. Particularly in the case of multi-layer sheets 02 such as corrugated cardboard sheets 02, there may be areas that protrude at the cut edges, for example because of cut-off adhesive points and, as a result, soft individual layers. Such protruding areas could have undesirable consequences, in particular damage to print heads 416; 616; 816. Therefore, contacts between print heads 416; 616; 816 and sheet 02 are dangerous and should be avoided at all costs. The sheet processing machine 01 preferably has at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 and / or at least one print head 416; 616; 816 or inkjet printhead 416; 616; 816 on. A compression device 147 is therefore preferably arranged, in particular an additional device 147 designed as a compression device 147. This compression device 147 is, for example, in the area of a coating unit 400; 600; 800 arranged in order to avoid that _between the compression device 147 and the print heads 416; 616; 816 are areas where the arc 02 is negatively changed in shape.

Preferably, in particular along the transport path provided for the transport of sheets 02 after a detection area of this at least one protrusion sensor 153, at least one compression device 147 is arranged, further preferably at least one first compression body 148 and at least one second Compression body 149 and even more preferably at least one force element 151. The at least one first compression body 148 is preferably movable, in particular at least with respect to the vertical direction V and / or towards the at least one second compression body 149. The at least one second compression body 149 is preferably designed as a counterpressure body 149 and is more preferably stationary apart from any rotational movements. For example, the at least one first compression body 148 is designed as a particularly rotatably arranged roller 148 and / or the at least one second compression body 149 is designed as a particularly rotatably arranged roller 149. A respective direction of rotation of this respective roller 148; 149 is preferably oriented in such a way that an area closest to the sheet 02 moves parallel to the sheet 02, in particular not antiparallel. As the at least one second compression body 149, a component that carries further functions, for example at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 and / or at least one vacuum chamber 719. An axis of rotation of the at least one first compression body 148 is preferably displaceable.

In an alternative or additional development, the sheet processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one first compression body 148 is arranged to be movable by means of the at least one force element 151 from a passage position towards the at least one second compression body 149 into a compression position More preferably, when the first compression element 148 is arranged in the passage layer, the at least one force element 151 is pretensioned. As a result, a particularly rapid response to the detection of a sheet 02 to be compressed can be achieved. The at least one compression device 147 preferably has at least one restraint device 152, which can be switched at least between a restraint state and a release state and which in the restraint state causes a movement of the at least one first compression body 148 from its through-position into its compression position is arranged preventing. This maintains the preload. A preload is to be understood in particular as a state in which the corresponding body strives to change its shape automatically in order to get into a state of lower energy. For example, the at least one force element 151 has at least one spring and / or at least one magnet and / or at least one electromagnet and / or at least one spring plate. The at least one restraint device 152 preferably has at least one trigger drive 157, which is more preferably designed as a pneumatic cylinder and / or as a hydraulic cylinder and / or as an electromagnet and / or as an electric motor. The at least one restraint device 152 preferably has at least one stop body 156, which is more preferably movable by means of the at least one trigger drive 157. Then, by activating the trigger drive 157, the stop body 156 can be moved and the path of the at least one first compression body 148 from its passage position towards the at least one second compression body 149 into its compression position.

In an alternative or additional development, the sheet processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the sheet processing machine 01 has at least one conveyor belt 718; 726, which extends with at least one transport section of its circulation path parallel to a transport direction T along a portion of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, and that the at least one transport belt 718; 726 is at least partially arranged between the at least one first compression body 148 on the one hand and the at least one second compression body 149 on the other hand. In any case, when the first compression element 748 is arranged in the compression layer and at the same time between the first compression element 748 on the one hand and the second compression element 749, there is preferably contact between the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 on the one hand and the at least one second compression body 149 on the other hand. Preferably, along the transport section of the at least one transport belt 718; 726 at least one coating point 409; 609; 809 at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is arranged. The detection range of this at least one protrusion sensor 153 is preferably along the transport section of the at least one transport belt 718; 726 arranged.

A compression area 154 is preferably that area which is formed by the at least one first and the at least one second compression body 148; 149 is defined, in particular that spatial area in which a smallest distance between the at least one first compression body 148 on the one hand and the second compression body 149 and / or the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726, on the other hand, is smaller than the thickness of the sheets 02 to be transported. A distance measured along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, between the at least one first and the at least one second compression body 148 ; 149 defined compression area 154 on the one hand and the at least one coating point 409; 609; 809, on the other hand, is preferably at most 200 cm, more preferably at most 100 cm, even more preferably at most 50 cm, even more preferably at most 20 cm and even more preferably at most 10 cm. A distance measured along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, between the detection area of this at least one protrusion sensor 153 on the one hand and the at least one first and the at least one second compression body 148; 149, on the other hand, is preferably at most 200 cm, more preferably at most 100 cm, even more preferably at most 50 cm, even more preferably at most 20 cm and even more preferably at most 10 cm.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as Sheet-fed printing machine 01 preferably characterized in that at least one pretensioning drive is provided, by means of which the at least one first compression body 148 can be moved out of the compression layer, in particular away from the at least one second compression body 149, into the passage position. Then the sheet processing machine 01 does not necessarily have to be stopped when a sheet 02 has been compressed, but can continue to run after the compression device 147 has been tensioned again, for example without interruption. The sheet processing machine 01 preferably has at least one transport switch and / or discharge device and / or waste switch for sheets 02, which is arranged after the at least one compression device 147 with respect to the transport path provided for transporting the sheets 02. A compressed sheet 02 can then be disposed of in a simple manner.

In an alternative or additional development, the sheet processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one protrusion sensor 153 is connected directly or indirectly to the at least one retention device 152 in terms of circuitry and / or that the at least one protrusion sensor 153 is connected in terms of circuitry a machine control of the sheet processing machine 01 is connected to which the at least one retaining device 152 is also connected by circuitry. This enables automated backup by means of the compression device 147.

If an upstanding component of a sheet 02 is detected by means of the at least one protrusion sensor 153, the restraint device 152 is deactivated and the at least one first compression body 148 presses the sheet 02 against the at least one second compression body 149 and / or the at least one conveyor belt 718; 726 and thus compresses the sheet 02, which in particular causes damage to the print heads 416; 616; 816 is avoided. (Is exemplary schematically in Figure 21a a compression device 147 with compression body 148 in through-position and in Figure 21b a compression device 147 with compression body 148 shown in the compression position.)

An additional device 147 for holding and / or for pushing back sheet 02 has, for example, a suction device and / or a pushing means. Such a suction device holds, for example, a corresponding sheet 02 and thereby prevents it from being transported further and causing damage. Such a pushing device is designed, for example, as a roller and / or roller and / or brush and is arranged to rotate and / or rotate. The direction of rotation is selected in such a way that a force imparted by the pusher device, for example by friction, is oriented against the transport direction of the sheet 02 and / or against its intended transport path. For example, the processing machine 01 is stopped when an incorrectly transported sheet 02 is detected and / or has been held and / or pushed back by means of the additional device 147 for holding and / or for pushing back sheet 02.

In an alternative or additional development, the sheet processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 is also designed as a sheet alignment means for an alignment with respect to the transverse direction A and / or a pivot position and / or that the at least a secondary acceleration means 119 is at the same time designed as a sheet alignment means for alignment with respect to the transverse direction A and / or a pivot position. To change the pivot position, the respective acceleration means 119; 134, for example, at least partially divided into at least two parts with respect to the transverse direction A, which can be driven and / or are driven at different speeds to one another. To change the position with respect to the transverse direction A, the respective acceleration means 119; 134, for example, at least partially in and / or against movable in the transverse direction A, in particular while it is in contact with a sheet 02.

As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that under a module 100; 600 a respective unit 100; 600 or a structure made up of several units 100; 600 is to be understood that at least one separate controllable and / or regulatable drive M100; M101; M102; M103; M600 has and / or at least one transfer device 03 for sheets 02 and / or at least one with no deviation or with a deviation of at most 5 cm on one for several modules 100; 600 has the same first standard height beginning and / or ending section of a transport path provided for transporting sheets 02 and / or as an independently functioning module 100; 600 and / or is designed in each case produced for itself and / or in each case assembled for itself machine unit or functional assembly.

A method for operating a processing machine 01, preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferred, sheets 02 originating from a stack 104 being separated, preferably from below, in particular by means of the at least one primary acceleration means 136 of the substrate supply device 100. The sheets 02 are preferably accelerated individually in a transport direction T, in particular to a transfer speed vu and / or to a catch-up speed va. The at least one primary acceleration means 136 is or is preferably provided by the electric motor M101; M103 trained primary drive M101; M103 driven. Preferably, the at least partially separated sheets 02 are each transferred in particular from the at least one first acceleration device 136 to the at least one secondary acceleration device 119, which is arranged behind the at least one front stop 137, in particular with respect to the transport direction T, and which is preferably carried out by a secondary drive M102 designed as a position-controlled electric motor M102 is or is being driven. Preferred are the sheets 02 originating from the stack 104 are individually accelerated in the transport direction T to the transfer speed vu by means of the at least one primary acceleration means 136 and the at least partially separated sheets 02 are each transferred by the at least one first acceleration means 136 to the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 and thereby transported at the transfer speed vu. The sheets 02 are preferably in particular along the transport path provided for transporting the sheets 02 from the substrate supply device 100 to at least one further module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 is transported to the sheet processing machine 01, with the sheets 02 further preferably each being transported by means of at least one drive M200; M300; M400; M500; M550; M600; M700; M800; M900; 1000 of the at least one further module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 with a processing speed vb, in particular individually through the respective further module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 transported and thereby in this respective further module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 processed.

Preferably, the at least one primary acceleration means 136 is implemented as a whole by means of at least one vertical drive at least with respect to a vertical direction V relative to the primary drive M101; M103 moved to make or break contact with a respective sheet 02. The respective sheet 02 can then already be accelerated further by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119, while the at least one primary acceleration means 136 is already decelerated again or is at a standstill. Due to the relative movement, the primary drive M101; M103 are protected.

A front stack boundary plane SV is preferably formed by a plurality of front edges of the not yet separated sheets 02 des which are oriented in the transport direction T and / or are arranged facing the second acceleration means 119 in particular the rest of the stack 104 and / or preferably has a surface normal that is oriented horizontally and / or parallel to the transport direction T. The at least one primary acceleration means 136 is preferably at least partially and more preferably completely arranged in front of the front stack boundary plane SV. The at least one secondary acceleration means 119 is preferably at least partially and more preferably completely arranged after the front stack boundary plane SV. The catch-up speed va is preferably a transport speed of the sheets 02 that is greater than the processing speed vb. Any transport speed of the sheets 02 that is higher than the processing speed vb is more preferably called the catch-up speed va. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are transported at at least one point in time by means of the at least one primary acceleration means 136 and / or by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 at a maximum catch-up speed va, which is at least 10 % and more preferably by at least 20% and even more preferably by at least 30% and even more preferably by at least 50% greater than the processing speed vb.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets 02 are arranged to intersect the front stack boundary plane SV at least one time during their respective transport and are simultaneously transported at a catch-up speed va, in particular along the for the transport of Sheet 02 provided transport path T. As a result, a subsequent sheet 02 of the stack can preferably come into contact more quickly with the at least one primary acceleration means 136 and be accelerated earlier. In this way, due to the necessary acceleration to the processing speed, gaps between successive sheets 02 can be at least partially and more preferably up to a predetermined value getting closed. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary drive M101; M103 and the at least one secondary drive M102 are operated in a coordinated manner such that a gap between a preceding sheet 02 and a trailing sheet 02 is reduced and / or is set to a value within a predetermined tolerance range around a target value. At any point in time, at most one sheet 02 is preferably arranged to intersect the front stack boundary plane SV. This avoids shingled transports in the area of the front stacking boundary level SV.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the remaining stack 104 of not yet separated sheets 02 is retained with respect to the transport direction T by means of the at least one front stop 137. More preferably, the front stop 137 is arranged to at least partially define the front stack boundary plane SV. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets 02 are arranged at at least one point in time each with at least one component vertically above or preferably vertically below the at least one front stop 137 and at the same time with a catch-up speed be transported, which is greater than the processing speed. The at least one secondary acceleration means 119 is preferably designed as a secondary acceleration means 119 arranged behind the at least one front stop 137 with respect to the transport direction T.

Depending on the geometric conditions or material properties, it can be more sensible to choose the transfer speed vu lower than or higher than or equal to the processing speed vb and / or lower or higher or equal to a catch-up speed va. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the transfer speed vu is at least 20%, more preferably at least 30% and even more preferably at least 40% of the processing speed vb and / or that the transfer speed vu is less than the processing speed vb and / or at most 80%, preferably at most 70% and more preferably at most 60% of the processing speed is vb. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets 02 coming from the stack 104 are individually accelerated in the transport direction T to a catch-up speed va by means of the at least one primary acceleration means 136 and / or that the transfer speed vu is greater than the machining speed vb.

In a first embodiment of an acceleration profile, a respective sheet 02 is accelerated to a transfer speed by means of the at least one primary accelerator 136, then transferred to the at least one secondary accelerator 119, then accelerated to a catch-up speed by means of the at least one secondary accelerator 119, then by means of the at least a secondary acceleration means 119 is accelerated to a maximum transport speed and then decelerated to the processing speed by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119.

In a second embodiment of an acceleration profile, a respective sheet 02 is accelerated to a catch-up speed by means of the at least one primary accelerator 136, then accelerated to a maximum transport speed by means of the at least one primary accelerator 136 and transferred to the at least one secondary accelerator 119, and then by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 is decelerated to the processing speed.

In a third embodiment of an acceleration curve, a respective arc 02 accelerated to a catch-up speed by means of the at least one primary accelerator 136, then accelerated to a maximum transport speed by means of the at least one primary accelerator 136, then braked the at least one primary accelerator 136 to a transfer speed, then transferred to the at least one secondary accelerator 119 at a transfer speed , and then decelerated to the processing speed by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119.

and wherein the sheets 02 each by means of at least one through a primary drive M101; M103 driven primary acceleration means 136 of a substrate supply device 100 are accelerated to a first speed v1 and the primary drive M101; M103 more preferably as a position-regulated electric motor M101; M103 is designed. The sheets 02 are then preferably accelerated to a second speed v2 by means of at least one secondary accelerator 119 of the substrate supply device 100 driven by a secondary drive M102, the secondary drive M102 more preferably being designed as a position-regulated electric motor M102. The second speed v2 is preferably greater than the first speed v1. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets 02 are then accelerated by means of this at least one secondary acceleration means 119 to a third speed v3 that is greater than the second speed v2 and that the sheets 02 each thereafter, in particular by means of this at least one secondary acceleration means 119, are decelerated again to the second speed v2. It is not necessary for the sheets 02 to be held at the second speed v2 before they are accelerated to the third speed v3. For example, a steady monotonic increase in the sheet speed from the first speed v1 to the third speed v3 is also possible. The sheets 02 are preferably along a transport path from the Substrate supply device 100 to at least one further module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the sheet processing machine 01 is transported, in particular to a printing module 600. The sheets 02 are then preferably each transported by means of at least one drive M100; M200; 300; M400; M500; M550; M600; M700; M800; M900; 1000 of the at least one further module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, in particular printing module 600 with a processing speed, in particular printing speed through the respective further module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, in particular printing module 600 transported and thereby in this respective further module 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000, in particular printing module 600 processed, in particular printed. The processing speed, in particular the printing speed, is preferably equal to the second speed v2.

In particular, a method is therefore preferred in which the sheets 02 are transported along a transport path from the substrate supply device 100 to at least one printing module 600 and the sheets 02 are then in each case by means of at least one drive M600 of the at least one printing module 600 at a printing speed through the respective printing module 600 transported and thereby printed in this respective printing module 600 and wherein the first speed v1 is lower than the printing speed.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the printing speed is equal to the second speed v2 and / or that the second speed v2 is greater than the first speed v1. As an alternative or in addition, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets 02 are each in contact with both the primary accelerator 136 and the secondary accelerator 119 at at least one point in time. Alternatively or additionally, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one is braked primary acceleration means 136 in each case does not cause any braking of the respective sheet 02 accelerated directly beforehand with this primary acceleration means 136.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that braking the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 does not cause any braking of the respective sheet 02 accelerated directly beforehand with this secondary acceleration means 119. If, however, a gap between sheets 02 is to be closed, an acceleration and subsequent braking of a respective trailing sheet 02 by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 preferably takes place. The method is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 on the one hand itself is at least temporarily accelerated, while a respective sheet 02 is accelerated from the first speed v1 to the second speed v2 and / or to the third speed v3 and on the other hand is itself decelerated while a respective sheet 02 is accelerated from the third speed v3 to the second speed v2 is decelerated and / or that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 itself is positively accelerated in order to positively accelerate the respective sheet 02 and / or that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 itself accelerates negatively is igt in order to accelerate the respective sheet 02 negatively and / or that the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 itself is accelerated positively in order to positively accelerate the respective sheet 02 and / or that the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 itself is accelerated negatively in order to to accelerate the respective arc 02 negatively.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that at least one sheet sensor 164 detects a trailing edge of a preceding sheet 02 and generates a trailing edge signal and that at least one sheet sensor 164 detects a leading edge of a trailing sheet 02 detected and a leading edge signal is generated and that the acceleration and / or braking of the respective, in particular trailing sheet 02 is controlled and / or regulated by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119, taking into account the trailing edge signal and the leading edge signal. For example, the method is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one primary drive M101; M103 and the at least one secondary drive M102, in particular taking into account the trailing edge signal and / or the leading edge signal and / or in particular using the machine control of the sheet processing machine 02, are operated in such a way that a gap between a preceding sheet 02 and a trailing sheet 02 is reduced and / or is set to a value within a predetermined tolerance range around a target value. For example, a primary acceleration profile for the at least one primary acceleration means 136 and / or its primary drive M101; M103 is stored and / or a secondary acceleration profile is stored for the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 and / or its secondary drive M102. The primary acceleration profile and / or more preferably the secondary acceleration profile is preferably modified as a function of signals from the at least one arc sensor 164.

In Figure 26a an exemplary schematic time profile of a transport speed of a sheet 02 is shown, which is initially over a part of a section a136 by means of the at least one primary acceleration means to a first speed v1 and then over at least part of a section a119 by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 to a second speed v2 is accelerated. For example, in this case the first speed v1 is equal to the transfer speed vu and / or the second speed v2 is equal to the processing speed vb. In Figure 26b an exemplary schematic time profile of a transport speed of a sheet 02 is shown, which initially over at least part of a section a136 by means of the at least one primary acceleration means 136 to a first speed v1 and then over at least part of a section a119 by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 to a third speed v3 and then decelerated to a second speed v2. For example, in this case the first speed v1 is equal to the transfer speed vu and / or the second speed v2 is equal to the processing speed vb and / or the third speed v3 is a catch-up speed va. In Figure 26c an exemplary schematic time curve of a transport speed of a sheet 02 is shown, which is initially accelerated over at least a part of a section a136 by means of the at least one primary acceleration means 136 to at least a catch-up speed va and then to a transfer speed vu and then over at least a part of a Section a119 is braked to a processing speed vb by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119.

After a respective sheet 02 has been passed on, the respective acceleration means 119; 136, which has passed on the sheet 02, is preferably braked again. The method is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary accelerator 136 is braked at least temporarily while the at least one secondary accelerator 119 and in particular also at least one sheet 02 is accelerated and / or that the at least one secondary accelerator 119 is braked at least temporarily during the at least one primary acceleration means 136 and in particular also at least one sheet 02 is accelerated. The method is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 always operates at a speed v1; v2; v3 is operated as long as it is in contact with a sheet 02 and / or that during a section of a processing operation of the sheet processing machine 01 in which at least three sheets 02 are separated and accelerated, the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 always with a non-zero velocity v1; v2; v3 is operated.

Preferably, the method is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the first speed v1 is at least 10%, more preferably at least 20% and even more preferably at least 30% lower than the printing speed and / or that the first speed v1 is at least 20%, preferably at least 30% and more preferably at least 40% of the second speed v2 and / or that the first speed v1 is at most 80%, preferably at most 70% and further preferably at most 60% of the second speed v2 and / or that the third Speed v3 is at least 10%, more preferably at least 20%, even more preferably at least 30% and even more preferably at least 50% greater than the second speed v2.

As an alternative or in addition, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets 02 in the at least one printing module 600 are printed from above.

As an alternative or in addition, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets 02 in the at least one printing module 600 are printed from above by means of a non-impact printing method and / or by means of an inkjet printing method.

Alternatively or additionally, the method is preferably characterized in that the substrate feed device 100 is designed as a module 100 of the sheet-fed printing machine 01.

Preferably, the method is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 is brought into contact with the sheets 02 on a respective underside of the sheets 02, in particular exclusively on the respective underside, and / or that the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 has at least one transport gap in which the sheets 02 are arranged at least partially, while the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 accelerates them to the second speed v2 and / or to the third speed v3 and / or decelerates them to the second speed v2.

Preferably, the method is alternatively or additionally characterized in that during the acceleration by means of the at least one primary acceleration means 136 a displacement of the respective sheet 02 with respect to the transverse direction A and / or a pivoting movement of the respective sheet 02 about a pivot axis running orthogonally to the transverse direction A. and / or a phase position of the respective sheet 02 is set with respect to at least one subsequent component of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 which transports the sheet 02. Preferably, the method is alternatively or additionally characterized in that during the acceleration by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119, a displacement of the respective sheet 02 with respect to the transverse direction A and / or a pivoting movement of the respective sheet 02 about a pivot axis running orthogonally to the transverse direction A. and / or a phase position of the respective sheet 02 is set with respect to at least one subsequent component of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 which transports the sheet 02. A setting of a phase position is to be understood in particular to mean that the movement of the sheet 02 along its transport path and the movement of the subsequent component of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 transporting the sheet 02 are coordinated in such a way that a predetermined location on the sheet 02 is, for example leading end, comes into contact with a predetermined point of the component transporting the sheet 02. For example, a movement of the sheet 02 along its transport path is accelerated positively and / or negatively and / or the component transporting the sheet 02 is accelerated positively and / or negatively in particular before it comes into contact with this sheet 02.

For example, if as described as the at least one primary Accelerating means 136 a plurality of subsets of primary accelerating means 136 are arranged, the method is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that the subsets of primary accelerating means 136 execute movement sequences that differ from one another. For example, a lowermost sheet 02 of a stack is initially in contact with acceleration means 136 of several of the subsets. These subsets are then preferably initially accelerated synchronously and thereby drive this sheet 02. As a result of the movement of this sheet 02, over time this sheet 02 gets out of contact with the first primary acceleration means 136 related to the transport path of the sheet 02 and subsequently with further primary acceleration means 136. Preferably, in a movement cycle of the primary acceleration elements 136 related to a sheet 02, at least the first primary acceleration means 136 related to the transport path of the sheet 02 is braked and / or stopped earlier than the last primary acceleration means 136 related to the transport path of the sheet 02 prevents a subsequent sheet 02 from coming into contact with a primary acceleration means 136 which is moving at all or too rapidly, although this subsequent sheet 02 is not yet supposed to move along the transport path. For example, in this way several or all primary acceleration means 136 are always stopped when a first sheet 02 just gets out of contact with it and all primary acceleration means 136 are then accelerated again together in a movement cycle related to a subsequent sheet 02.

For example, if, as described, several spacers 144.1; 144.2 are arranged to be movable independently of one another at least with respect to the vertical direction V, the method is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that first the respective lowermost sheet 02 of the corresponding stack on a first spacer 144.1 related to the intended transport path of the sheet 02 and on a based on the intended transport path of the sheet 02 second Spacer 144.2 rests without touching the primary acceleration means 136. These spacers 144.1; 144.2 are then in their respective holding position. The first spacer 144.1 and the second spacer 144.2 are then preferably lowered, as a result of which contact between the lowermost sheet 02 and the primary acceleration means 136 is created. The primary accelerating means 136 accelerate the sheet along its transport path. The first spacer 144.1 is then first raised along the intended transport path, so that the initially lowermost sheet 02 comes out of contact with at least one of the primary acceleration means 136. In this way, it is prevented that a subsequent sheet 02 comes into contact with a primary acceleration means 136 that is moving at all or too quickly, although this subsequent sheet 02 is not yet to move along the transport path. For example, several or all of the spacers 144; 144.1; 144.2 is always raised when a first sheet 02 just gets out of contact with it or threatens to get out of contact and all spacers 144; 144.1; 144.2 then jointly lowered again in a movement cycle related to a subsequent arc 02.

At least one contact device 300 is preferred, based on the intended transport path, after a substrate feed device 100 and / or in front of at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 arranged. The at least one contact device 300 is preferably used to align sheet 02 as precisely as possible. In this way, it can be ensured that subsequent processing of sheets 02 takes place as precisely as possible relative to sheets 02 and thus also relative to processing previously performed on sheets 02. The sheets 02 are preferably, depending on the design and / or operation of the substrate feed device 100, for example, shingled or fed individually to the system device 300. The sheets 02 preferably leave the contact device 300 completely singly.

The contact device 300 preferably has at least one alignment device 301. The aligning device 301 has, for example, at least one, in particular, drivable and / or driven aligning roller 302 and / or aligning roller 302, which is rotatable, for example, about a horizontal axis of rotation and which is pivotable about a pivot axis, which is in particular oriented parallel to a vertical direction. As an alternative or in addition, the alignment roller 302 and / or alignment roller 302 is designed to be movable, for example partially or as a whole, in the transverse direction A, in particular in order to be able to move sheet 02 in the transverse direction A and to move back again. For example, the contact device 300 has at least one pressure roller or pressure roller, by means of which sheets 02 can be acted upon with a force against this alignment roller 302 and / or alignment roller 302. For example, by pivoting the aligning roller 302 and / or aligning roller 302 and / or a movement of the aligning roller 302 and / or aligning roller 302 in the transverse direction A, a position of the respective sheet 02 can be influenced. As an alternative or in addition, the aligning device 301 has, for example, a plurality of drivable and / or driven aligning rollers 302 and / or aligning rollers 302, which are arranged offset from one another in the transverse direction A, for example. By driving these aligning rollers 302 and / or aligning rollers 302 differently in particular, sheets 02 can be pivoted about an axis which, for example, is oriented parallel to a vertical direction and / or to a direction orthogonal to the main surfaces of at least one sheet 02. Alignment rollers 302 and / or alignment rollers 302 which can be pivoted and / or moved with respect to transverse direction A can be used, for example, to implement a contact device 300 which manages without contact between sheet 02 on the one hand and front marks 127 and / or side marks on the other.

As an alternative or in addition, the alignment device 301 has, for example, at least one stop, which is also referred to as a mark 127. For example, the alignment device 301 has at least one front lay 127 and / or at least one side mark. By moving the sheet against this front lay 127 and / or against this side mark, the respective sheet 02 is forced into a defined and known position from which it can then be transported further.

The at least one contact device 300 has at least one inspection device 303, for example. This at least one inspection device 303 is used, for example, to detect a position of the respective sheet 02, for example in order to then be able to change the position in a targeted manner and / or to obtain the information about the position of the respective sheet 02 in subsequent units 200; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 to use. For example, information obtained in this way is used to align the sheets 02 without stops and / or during further transport. The inspection device 303 has, for example, at least one and preferably a plurality of, in particular, optical sensors, which are designed, for example, as a camera and / or in particular are preferably arranged such that they can be moved by machine in the transverse direction A.

The contact device 300 preferably has at least one transport means 311, which is more preferably designed as a suction transport means 311. What has been described above and below about suction means of transport preferably applies accordingly. The abutment device 300 preferably has at least its own drive M300 or motor 300, in particular an electric motor M300 or position-regulated electric motor M300, which is further preferably arranged to drive and / or be able to drive the at least one transport means 311. For example, the contact device 300 has at least one pressure roller or pressure roller, by means of which sheets 02 can be acted upon with a force against which at least one transport means 311 can be applied. The contact device 300 preferably has at least one transfer means 03 for sheets 02. The section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, which is defined by the contact device 300, is preferably essentially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferred essentially and more preferably designed to run exclusively horizontally.

The contact device 300, which is preferably designed as a unit 300 and / or module 300, is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, which is determined by the contact device 300, is on a The entrance level of the system device 300 begins and / or ends at an initial level of the system device 300. The facility 300 is preferably characterized in that this entrance height of the facility 300 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and / or that the exit height of the facility 300 from the first Standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and / or that the entrance height of the system device 300 differs from the initial height of the system device 300 by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by deviates by a maximum of 2 mm.

In the following, more detailed information on a coating unit 400; 600; 800 made, which is designed as a primer unit 400, for example. Insofar as this does not result in contradictions, what has been described is analogous to other embodiments of the coating unit 400; 600; 800, in particular to printing units 600 and painting units 800.

As described, for example, at least one coating unit 400 embodied as a priming device 400 or a priming unit 400 is arranged. The at least one primer assembly 400 preferably serves to apply a coating agent designed as a primer to the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing material 02 and / or the sheets 02. This is done, for example, depending on the processing order, by applying the entire surface or by a partial application. The primer facilitates, for example, a subsequent processing of the sheets 02, for example the application of at least one further coating agent, which is designed in particular as printing ink and / or at least one further coating agent, which is designed in particular as ink and / or at least one further coating agent, which is in particular is designed as a paint.

In the following, more detailed information on a coating unit 400; 600; 800 made, as a flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 is formed. Insofar as no contradictions arise from this, what has been described is analogous to other embodiments of the coating unit 400; 600; 800 transferable. This flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 is shown by way of example as a primer unit 400. What is shown is to be transferred analogously to printing units 600 and painting units 800, provided there are no contradictions.

The flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 preferably has at least one coating agent supply 401; 601; 801 on. The coating agent supply 401; 601; 801 is further preferably in the case of a priming unit 400 a primer supply 401 and / or in the case of a printing unit 600 an ink supply 601 or ink supply 601 and / or in the case of a coating unit 800 a coating supply 801. The flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 preferably has at least one application cylinder 402; 602; 802, which serves to apply coating agent to the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing material 02 and / or sheet 02 and is provided in particular for contact with substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02. The application cylinder 402; 602; 802 is, for example, as a forme cylinder 402; 602; 802 formed, in particular in the case of a priming unit 400 as a priming form cylinder 402 and / or in the case of a printing unit 600 as a color form cylinder 602 or ink form cylinder 602 and / or in the Case of a coating unit 800 as a coating forme cylinder 802. On the forme cylinder 402; 602; 802 is preferably at least one removable cover in the form of at least one removable coating form, in particular priming form or printing form or painting form and / or can be arranged. This elevator is used to determine in which areas the coating agent is to be transferred and, if applicable, in which areas it should not. The respective elevator is preferably secured by means of at least one corresponding holding device, in particular a clamping device and / or tensioning device, on a lateral surface of the application cylinder 402; 602; 802 arrangeable and / or arranged and preferably fixable and / or fixed.

In particular, around the forme cylinder 402; 602; 802 and / or to supply the coating form with coating agent is preferably at least one supply roller 403; 603; 803 arranged, which is more preferably as anilox roller 403; 603; 803 is formed and / or has a cell structure on its lateral surface and preferably with the forme cylinder 402; 602; 802 is in contact and / or can be brought into contact. Alternatively, between supply roller 403; 603; 803 and application cylinder 402; 602; 802 can also be arranged at least one further transfer roller for coating agents. The supply roller 403; 603; 803 is designed, for example, in the case of a priming unit 400 as a primer supply roller 403 and / or in the case of a printing unit 600 as an ink supply roller 603 or ink supply roller 603 and / or in the case of a coating unit 800 as a lacquer supply roller 803. With the supply roller 403; 603; 803 is preferably at least one buffer 404; 604; 804 for coating agents in contact and / or in operative connection. This is preferred as a chamber doctor blade 404; 604; 804 trained. With the in particular as anilox roller 403; 603; 803 formed supply roller 403; 603; 803 is therefore preferably at least one chamber doctor blade 404; 604; 804 in contact and / or in operative connection. The preferred as chamber doctor blade 404; 604; Latches 404 formed 804; 604; 804 is preferably via at least one feed line 406; 606; 806 and more preferably also via at least one derivative 407; 607; 807 with the at least one coating agent supply 401; 601; 801 in connection. The lead 406; 606; 806 and / or derivation 407; 607; 807 is preferably in operative connection with at least one pump device. A device is preferred for the assisted and / or automated and / or partially automated installation and / or removal of the supply roller 403; 603; 803 arranged.

At least one counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808, which serves as an abutment for applying the coating agent to the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing material 02 and / or the sheets 02. The at least one counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808 is, for example, as an impression cylinder 408; 608; 808 trained. Alternatively, this is at least one counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808 designed as a counter pressure belt. The transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, preferably runs between forme cylinder 402; 602; 802 on the one hand and the counter pressure means 408; 608; 808, in particular impression cylinder 408; 608; 808 on the other hand. Forme cylinder 402; 602; 802 on the one hand and counter pressure means 408; 608; 808, on the other hand, preferably together form at least one coating point 409; 609; 809, which in the case of a priming unit 400 is designed as a priming point 409 and / or in the case of a printing unit 600 as a printing point 609 and / or in the case of a painting unit 800 as a painting point 809. An axis of rotation of the impression cylinder 408 preferably extends; 608; 808 at least in part parallel to the transverse direction A, more preferably always.

The coating unit 400; 600; 800 is, for example, as a coating unit 400 which can be coated from above and / or can be coated from above; 600; 800 or, for example, alternatively as a coating unit 400 which can be coated from below and / or can be coated from below; 600; 800 trained. The selection is preferably made depending on how further units of the processing machine 01 are constructed and / or arranged and / or which side of the sheet 02 is being processed shall be.

If the coating unit 400; 600; 800 as a coating unit 400 which can be coated from above and / or can be coated from above; 600; 800 and at the same time as a flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 is formed, the counterpressure means 408; 608; 808 below the application cylinder 402; 602; 802 and / or at least partially below the supply roller 403; 603; 803 arranged and / or is preferably the application cylinder 402; 602; 802 above the counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808 and / or at least partially below the supply roller 403; 603; 803 and / or is preferably the supply roller 403; 603; 803 at least partially above the application cylinder 402; 602; 802 and / or at least partially above the counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808 arranged. If the coating unit 400; 600; 800 as a coating unit 400 which can be coated from below and / or which can be coated from below; 600; 800 and at the same time as a flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 is formed, the counterpressure means 408; 608; 808 above the application cylinder 402; 602; 802 and / or at least partially above the supply roller 403; 603; 803 arranged and / or is preferably the application cylinder 402; 602; 802 below the counter pressure means 408; 608; 808 and / or at least partially above the supply roller 403; 603; 803 and / or is preferably the supply roller 403; 603; 803 at least partially below the application cylinder 402; 602; 802 and / or at least partially below the counter-pressure means 408; 608; 808 arranged.

The feed roller 403 is preferred; 603; 803 from application cylinder 402; 602; 802 can be parked and / or arranged to be movable towards this. For this purpose, a corresponding first displacement device, in particular a lifting device, is preferably arranged. The supply roller 403 is preferred; 603; 803 moves, while a rotation axis of the application cylinder 402; 602; 802 remains unchanged. However, the application cylinder 402 is also preferred; 602; 802 from the counter pressure means 408; 608; 808, in particular impression cylinder 408; 608; 808 can be set down and / or can be moved towards it, more preferably together with the supply roller 403; 603; 803. For this purpose, a corresponding second displacement device, in particular a lifting device, is preferably arranged, which is more preferably capable of moving an assembly that includes both the application cylinder 402; 602; 802 thus also the supply roller 403; 603; 803 and more preferably also has the first displacement device.

At least one diagonal register adjustment device is preferably arranged, in particular as part of the respective coating unit 400; 600; 800. The at least one diagonal register setting device has, for example, at least one and more preferably two at least preferably with respect to the transport direction T intended for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, rotational bearings, in particular radial bearings, which support the application cylinder rotatably 402; 602; 802 serve. If this at least one rotary bearing is moved with at least one component in or against the transport direction T, or if these two rotary bearings are moved at least with different components in or against the transport direction T, the rotational axis of the application cylinder 402 is inclined; 602; 802. This results in a transfer of the coating agent to the sheet or sheets 02 at an angle compared to the previous one, with the angular position preferably being able to be influenced in a targeted manner. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one diagonal register setting device preferably has at least one on the application cylinder 402; 602; 802 arranged positioning device, by means of which a position of the elevator relative to the lateral surface of the application cylinder 402; 602; 802 is definable and / or fixed. For example, the at least one diagonal register setting device has at least one pivotable suspension rail for elevators, in which the at least one elevator is suspended and / or can be suspended, for example, by means of a suspension arm that extends in particular. At least one is preferred Diagonal register setting device can be operated automatically.

The coating unit 400; 600; 800 preferably has at least one incoming transport means 411; 611; 811 on. The at least one incoming transport means 411; 611; 811 is along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, and / or with respect to transport direction T, preferably in front of a first coating point 409; 609; 809 of the respective coating unit 400; 600; 800 arranged. The at least one incoming transport means 411; 611; 811 serves, for example, the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing material 02 and / or sheet 02 at least the first coating point 409; 609; 809, in particular from an input 412; 612; 812 of the coating unit 400; 600; 800 off. The at least one incoming transport means 411; 611; 811 therefore serves, for example, to feed sheet 02 to the priming point 409, in particular from an input 412 of the priming unit 400 and / or to feed substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, to the printing point 609, in particular from an input 612 of the printing assembly 600 and / or to feed sheet 02 to the painting station 809, in particular from an input 812 of the painting assembly 800. The at least one incoming transport means 411; 611; 811 is preferred as suction transport means 411; 611; 811, in particular as a suction belt 411; 611; 811 and / or as a suction box belt 411; 611; 811 and / or as a roller suction system 411; 611; 811. What has been described above and below about suction means of transport preferably applies accordingly.

The at least one incoming transport means 411; 611; 811 is, for example, as an upper suction transport means 411; 611; 811, whose suction openings or suction openings preferably point at least substantially downwards and / or whose suction effect is preferably directed at least substantially upwards. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one incoming transport means 411; 611; 811 as the lower suction transport means 411; 611; 811, whose suction openings or suction openings preferably point at least substantially upwards and / or whose suction effect is preferably directed at least substantially downwards. The selection is, for example, of upstream units and / or of the mode of operation of the coating unit 400; 600; 800 dependent. Alternatively, the coating unit 400; 600; 800 formed, for example, without incoming means of transport. A unit arranged in front of it is then preferably designed in such a way that the sheets 02 are transferred directly to the coating point 409; 609; 809 can be done. This is possible, for example, if the unit arranged in front of it is designed as a transport device 700, in particular a transport unit 700 or a transport module 700.

The coating unit 400; 600; 800 preferably has at least one outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 on. The at least one outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 is along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, and / or with respect to the transport direction T, preferably after the coating point 409; 609; 809 arranged. The at least one outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 serves, for example, to remove the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, from the coating point 409; 609; 809, in particular to an output 413; 613; 813 of the coating unit 400; 600; 800 towards and / or after processing the respective sheet 02 in the coating unit 400; 600; 800. The at least one outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 is therefore used, for example, to discharge sheet 02 from the priming station 409, in particular to an output 413 of the priming unit 400 and / or to discharge sheet 02 from the printing position 609, in particular to an output 613 of the printing unit 600 and / or to to remove the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, from the painting station 809, in particular to an output 812 of the painting unit 800. At least one expiring one Transport means 417; 617; 817 is preferred as suction transport means 417; 617; 817, in particular as a suction belt 417; 617; 817 and / or as a suction box belt 417; 617; 817 and / or as a roller suction system 417; 617; 817. What has been described above and below about suction transport means preferably applies accordingly.

The at least one outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 is, for example, as an upper suction transport means 417; 617; 817, whose suction openings or suction openings preferably point at least substantially downward and / or whose suction effect is preferably directed at least substantially upward. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 as the lower suction transport means 417; 617; 817, whose suction openings or suction openings preferably point at least substantially upwards and / or whose suction effect is preferably directed at least substantially downwards. The selection depends, for example, on whether the coating unit 400; 600; 800 as a coating unit 400 which can be coated from above and / or can be coated from above; 600; 800 or as a coating unit 400 which can be coated from below and / or which can be coated from below; 600; 800 is formed. A coating unit 400; a coating unit capable of being coated from above and / or capable of coating from above preferably has; 600; 800 as a lower suction transport means 417; 617; 817 designed outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 and / or has a coating unit 400 which can be coated from below and / or coated from below; 600; 800 as an upper suction transport means 417; 617; 817 formed outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 on. This preferably prevents a freshly carried out coating from being carried by the outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 could be damaged. Alternatively, the coating unit 400; 600; 800 formed, for example, without running out of transport. Then a unit arranged downstream is preferably designed in such a way that the sheets 02 can be transferred directly from the coating point 409; 609; 809 can be made from. This is possible, for example, if the unit arranged afterwards is designed as a transport device 700 or a transport means 700, in particular a transport unit 700 or a transport module 700.

As flexo coating units 400; 600; 800 formed coating units 400; 600; 800 each have exactly one coating point 409; 609; 809 on. For the application of several different coating agents, several flexo-coating units 400; 600; 800, in particular flexographic printing units 600 are arranged.

For example, it has at least one as a flexo-coating unit 400; 600; 800 formed coating unit 400; 600; 800 each has at least one dedicated, in particular integrated, drying device 500 or drying device 506 assigned to it. This is for example on the at least one outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 this respective as a flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 formed coating unit 400; 600; 800 aligned.

In the following, more detailed information on a coating unit 400; 600; 800 made as a non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800, in particular non-impact coating module 400; 600; 800, for example as a jet coating unit 400; 600; 800, in particular inkjet coating unit 400; 600; 800 and / or jet coating module 400; 600; 800, in particular inkjet coating module 400; 600; 800 is formed. Insofar as this does not result in contradictions, what has been described is analogous to other embodiments of the coating unit 400; 600; 800 transferable, in particular to other non-impact printing unit 600. The jet coating unit 400; 600; 800 preferably has at least one print head 416; 616; 816 on. The at least one print head 416; 616; 816 is, for example, inkjet printhead 416; 616; 816 trained.

The jet coating unit 400; 600; 800 is described using the example of a jet printing unit 600, in particular an inkjet printing unit 600 and / or a jet printing module 600. The same applies analogously to a blasting priming unit 400, in particular a blasting priming module 400, and / or a blasting painting unit 800, in particular a blasting painting module 800.

The at least one jet coating unit 400; 600; 800, in particular inkjet printing unit 600, of processing machine 01 preferably again has at least one coating point 409; 609; 809, in particular print point 609. Under a coating point 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure point 609, is also in the case of a non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 is to be understood as a preferably complete area in which contact between a respective same coating agent, in particular ink, on the one hand and a respective sheet 02 on the other hand is made or can be made. The concept of the coating point 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure point 609, should also be used when the coating agent is applied to the sheet 02 without contact between sheet 02 on the one hand and a component transferring the coating agent on the other hand, for example by a freely movable coating agent hitting the sheet 02, for example flying Drops of the coating agent. Preferably, a coating site 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure point 609, all areas which are necessary for a specific, in particular this, coating point 409; 609; 809, in particular printing point 609, associated coating means are provided on the sheet 02. In the case of a printing assembly 600 operating according to the inkjet printing method, for example, a printing point 609 comprises all areas which are provided for a first side of the sheet 02 for a black ink, for example, to strike.

The at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800, especially printing unit 600, preferably has several coating points 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure points 609, each of which is assigned a respective coating agent, for example at least four coating points 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure points 609, preferably at least five coating points 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure points 609, more preferably at least six coating points 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure points 609 and even more preferably at least seven coating points 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure points 609.

As non-impact coating units 400; 600; 800, in particular inkjet coating units 400; 600; 800 formed coating units 400; 600; 800 thus preferably each have at least several, in particular at least four, preferably at least five, more preferably at least six and even more preferably at least seven coating points 409; 609; 809 on. For the application of several different coating agents, for example, only one such coating unit 400; 600; 800 necessary. Alternatively, several non-impact coating units 400; 600; 800, in particular non-impact printing units 600 are arranged.

In particular in non-impact coating units 400; 600; 800, in particular in jet coating units 400; 600; 800, such as inkjet printing units 600, for example, water-based coating agents and / or wax-based coating agents and / or UV-curing coating agents are used. Optionally arranged dryer units 500 are preferably designed to be matched to the corresponding coating means, that is to say have, for example, energy sources in the form of infrared radiation sources and / or UV radiation sources and / or hot air sources and / or electron beam sources.

Each coating point 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure point 609, preferably has at least one application point 418; 618; 818 on. Each job site 418; 618; 818 is preferably at least one imaging device 416; 616; 816 assigned, in particular at least one print head 416; 616; 816 and more preferably at least one print head row. Each job site 418; 618 818 extends preferably in the transverse direction A, more preferably over the entire working width of the processing machine 01. In the case of an inkjet printing machine 01, the at least one image-generating device 416; 616; 816 preferably as at least one print head 416; 616; 816, in particular ink jet print head 416; 616; 816 trained. The at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 preferably has at least two print heads 416; 616; 816 on. For example, the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 in that the at least two print heads 416; 616; 816 as print heads 416 designed for a non-impact printing process; 616; 816 are formed and more preferably in that the at least two print heads 416; 616; 816 as ink jet print heads 416; 616; 816 are formed. Image forming devices 416; 616; 816 such as printheads 416; 616; 816 usually have a limited dimension, in particular in the transverse direction A. This results in a limited area of the sheet 02 on which a respective print head 416; 616; 816 coating agent can be applied. Therefore, a plurality of image forming devices 416; 616; 816 or print heads 416; 616; 816 arranged one behind the other in the transverse direction A. Such print heads 416; 616; 816 are referred to as the printhead row. There are interrupted print head rows and continuous print head rows. In the special case of a print head 416; 616; 816, this should also count as a printhead row, in particular as a continuous printhead row.

For example, a plurality of application points 418; 618; 818, for example in the form that two continuous rows or two double rows of print heads 416; 616; 816 an identical coating agent eject or are able to eject. This is useful, for example, to increase the resolution of a print image and / or to increase the speed of a coating process. These several job sites 418; 618; 818 then together form the coating point 409; 609; 809, in particular printing point 609. A resolution with respect to the transverse direction A is preferably 1200 dpi (1200 pixels per inch). The resolution with respect to the transport direction T is given by the number of print heads 416; 616; 816 and / or can be influenced by the transport speed of the sheets 02.

A coating unit 400; 600; 800 comprises, for example, only one coating point 409; 609; 809, in particular print point 609, for example for the color black. The at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 but, as described, several coating points 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure points 609. The coating sites 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure points 609, can directly adjoin one another spatially or else be spaced apart from one another, for example separated by color. The concept of a coating point 409; 609; 809, in particular print point 609, should also include a section which - z. B. without interruption by a different color - several successive application points 418; 618; 818 has the same color. However, if one or more job sites 418; 618; 818 of a color along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, viewed through at least one single or multiple application point 418; 618; 818 separated from at least one other color, these represent two different coating points 409; 609; 809, in particular pressure points 609. In the case of only one coating point 409; 609; 809, in particular printing point 609, this simultaneously represents the first and the last coating point 409; 609; 809, in particular printing point 609 of the relevant coating unit 400; 600; 800. For example, in the case of an indirect inkjet printing process, a coating location 409; 609; 809, in particular Pressure point 609, a contact area between a transfer body and the respective sheet 02.

For example, the jet coating unit 400; 600; 800 at least one counter pressure means 408; 608; 808, which, however, preferably does not serve to clamp the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing material 02 and / or the sheets 02, but only to hold them in their position. At least one such counterpressure means 408; 608; 808 is for example as a counter pressure belt 408; 608; 808 and / or as a means of transport 411; 417; 611; 617; 811; 817, in particular suction transport means 411; 417; 611; 617; 811; 817 trained. Particularly preferably, the jet coating unit 400; 600; 800 viewed in the direction of transport T only one means of transport 411; 417; 611; 617; 811; 817, which is more preferably used as suction transport means 411; 417; 611; 617; 811; 817 is designed and at the same time as incoming transport means 411; 611; 811 and / or as counter pressure means 408; 608; 808 and / or as outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 is formed.

If the coating unit 400; 600; 800 as jet coating unit 400; 600; 800, it is preferably likewise as a coating unit 400 which can be coated from above and / or can be coated from above; 600; 800 formed, in particular because of the commonly used designs of print heads 416; 616; 816. Then the print heads 416; 616; 816 above the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, and / or above the, for example, transport means 411; 417; 611; 617; 811; 817 formed counter pressure means 408; 608; 808 arranged. When using suitable print heads 416; 616; 816, the jet coating assembly 400; 600; 800, however, in principle also as a coating unit 400 which can be coated from below and / or can be coated from below; 600; 800 be formed.

As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 at least two, more preferably at least three and even more preferably at least four along a transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, arranged one behind the other with respect to at least one coupling device 422; 622; 822 matchingly constructed receiving devices 421; 621; 821, each for the optional reception of one each as at least one printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 or a standard assembly 424 embodied as at least one dryer assembly 504; 504; 624; 824 are formed.

A system is preferred that has at least one sheet-fed printing machine as described above and / or below, and at least one as a print head assembly 424; 624; Standard assembly 424 formed 824; 504; 624; 824 as described above and / or in the following and at least one standard assembly 424 designed as a dryer assembly 504; 504; 624; 824 as described above and / or below.

At least one of the receiving devices 421; 621; 821 with at least one and more preferably exactly one as a print head assembly 424; 624; 824 formed standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 occupied. Alternatively or additionally, at least one, in particular at least one other, of the receiving devices 421; 621; 821 with at least one and more preferably exactly one standard assembly 424 designed as a dryer assembly 504; 504; 624; 824 occupied. A dryer assembly 504 takes up the space of a receiving device 421; 621; 821 or the space for several receiving devices 421; 621; 821. For example, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is thus alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least two of the receiving devices 421; 621; 821 with one covering at least a portion of these at least two Receiving devices 421; 621; 821 extending drying device 506 are occupied. Alternatively or additionally, at least one, in particular at least one other, of the receiving devices 421; 621; 821 unoccupied, i.e. free.

The standard modules 424; 504; 624; 824 are preferably alternatively to one another in the receiving devices 421; 621; 821 can be arranged. In particular, in each of the receiving devices 421; 621; 821 either a print head assembly 424; 624; 824 or a dryer assembly 504 can be arranged. As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that all of the standard modules 424; 504; 624; 824 are constructed identically with respect to at least one geometric parameter. This at least one geometric parameter is, for example, a width of an available installation space and / or an arrangement of elements that are used for fastening the respective standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 serve.

As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that each of the receiving devices 421; 621; 821 is assigned at least one spatial area, which extends in particular continuously over at least one working width of the at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 in particular between side walls 428; 628; 828 of a frame 427; 627; 827 of the at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 and for receiving one as at least one printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 or a standard assembly 424 embodied as at least one dryer assembly 504; 504; 624; 824 is available or used.

The respective receiving device 421; 621; 821 consists, for example, of threaded bores arranged and implemented in a standardized manner in side walls 428; 628; 828 of a frame 427; 627; 827 of at least one non-impact Coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 and the space kept free in between for, for example, print heads 416; 616; 816 or dryer devices 506. As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that the at least one coupling device 422; 622; 822 at least three and more preferably at least four to the frame 427; 627; 827 of the at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 associated coupling receptacles 423; 623; 823, which are each arranged in pairs defining relative standard spacings and that each of the standard assemblies 424; 504; 624; 824 has at least three and more preferably at least four coupling elements which, in particular with regard to respective contact points, are in each case in pairs in the coupling receptacles 423; 623; 823 are arranged relative standard distances to one another and more preferably as respective counterparts to these coupling receptacles 423; 623; 823 are formed. The coupling receptacles 423; 623; 823 are designed, for example, as bores and / or recesses and / or bolts and / or screws and / or supports and / or stops. The coupling receptacles 423; 623; 823 are, for example, arranged in pairs defining relative standard distances by means of respective contact points provided.

As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that the at least one as a print head assembly 424; 624; Standard assembly 424 formed 824; 504; 624; 824 at least one extending in the transverse direction A, in particular over an entire working width of the at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 extending row of printheads 416; 616; 816 has. As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that the at least one as a print head assembly 424; 624; Standard assembly 424 formed 824; 504; 624; 824 at least two extend in the transverse direction A, in particular over an entire working width of the at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 extending rows of printheads 416; 616; 816 and that areas of action of these at least two rows of print heads 416; 616; 816 are arranged one behind the other with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02.

As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that a total of at least four and more preferably exactly four rows of print heads 416; 616; 816 are arranged and that areas of action of these at least four rows of print heads 416; 616; 816 are arranged one behind the other with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02. As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that a total of at least eight and more preferably exactly eight rows of print heads 416; 616; 816 are arranged and that areas of action of these at least eight rows of print heads 416; 616; 816 are arranged one behind the other with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02. Preferably, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one of the non-impact coating modules 600 is designed as a printing module 600 and / or is designed as an inkjet coating module 600 and / or at least one inkjet print head 416; 616; 816 has.

Under a printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 is preferably at least one assembly 424; 624; 824 to understand the at least one print head 416; 616; 816, and preferably multiple printheads 416; 616; 816 and which preferably has at least one support body on which the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 is attached directly or indirectly and relative to which the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 is arranged stationary in a normal printing operation. Finds a relative movement for example, for adjustment purposes and / or for assembly purposes instead. A printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 is for example but not necessarily as a standard assembly 424; 624; 824 trained. As print head assemblies 424; 624; 824 are also assemblies 424; 624; 824, which are not designed as standard assemblies, but a plurality of print heads 416; 616; 816, which are arranged to be movable together and / or together form a print head row or a double row of print heads 416; 616; 816 form. As dryer assemblies 504, assemblies 504 are also referred to that are not designed as standard assemblies, but energy output devices 501; 502; 503 or further elements which are arranged to be movable together and / or together form a drying device 506.

At least one print head 416; 616; 816 with at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826 connected and / or connectable, in particular with at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826 for positioning the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 and / or at least one printhead assembly 424; 624; 824. The at least one print head 416; 616; 816 permanently with the at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826 connected and only for assembly purposes and / or disassembly purposes and / or for exchanging the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 of the at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826 separable. This is preferably at least one print head 416; 616; 816 by means of the at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826 relative to a frame 427; 627; 827 of the at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 arranged movably, in particular at least with respect to a vertical direction V and / or by at least 0.5 cm, more preferably at least 2 cm and even more preferably at least 10 cm and even more preferably at least 25 cm movably arranged.

The processing machine 01 is preferably distinguished, in particular Sheet-fed printing machine 01 alternatively or additionally in that at least one print head assembly 424; 624; 824, so in particular at least one as a print head assembly 424; 624; Standard assembly 424 formed 824; 504; 624; 824 or a non-standard assembly 424; 624; Printhead assembly 424 formed 824; 624; 824, at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826, by means of which at least all print heads 416; 616; 816 of that respective printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 in particular jointly relative to a frame 427; 627; 827 of the at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 are arranged movable, in particular at least with respect to a vertical direction V and / or by at least 0.5 cm, more preferably at least 2 cm and even more preferably at least 10 cm and even more preferably at least 25 cm are arranged movable. All of the printheads 416; 616; 816 of a respective printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 by means of the positioning device 426; 626; 826 of that respective printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 can optionally be arranged at least either in a respective assigned printing position or in at least one respective assigned idle position. Preferably, regardless of the presence of a printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 at least one print head 416; 616; 816, and more preferably each printhead 416; 616; 816 can be arranged in a respective printing position assigned to it. The at least one respective rest position preferably differs from the respective printing position.

The at least one print head 416; 616; 816 in particular by means of the at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826 can be arranged in at least one rest position and more preferably in at least two different rest positions. The at least one rest position is designed, for example, as at least one maintenance position and / or as at least one assembly position. A maintenance position is preferably a position in which the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 can be serviced, for example cleaned and / or aligned and / or in one can be kept in a state secured against soiling and / or drying out, in particular without the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 from the sheet-fed printing machine 01 and / or the respective non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 can be found. A mounting position is preferably a position in which the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 from the sheet-fed printing machine 01 and / or the respective non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 removed and / or into the sheet-fed printing machine 01 and / or the respective non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 can be used. In particular, there is preferably more space available in the assembly position of an operator in order to be able to attach to the at least one print head 416; 616; 816, while in the maintenance position there is preferably only sufficient space available in order to be able to carry out internal, in particular automatically running processes within the sheet-fed printing machine 01, for example cleaning a nozzle surface of at least one print head 416; 616; 816.

A distance between a respective print head 416; 616; 816 on the one hand and a respective conveyor belt 718; 726, on the other hand, with the respective print head 416; 616; 816 smaller than when the respective print head 416 is arranged in the respective rest position; 616; 816 and in particular when the respective print head 416; 616; 816 smaller than when the respective print head 416 is arranged in the respective maintenance position; 616; 816 and / or when the respective print head 416; 616; 816 smaller than with the respective print head 416 arranged in the respective mounting position; 616; 816 and / or when the respective print head 416; 616; 816 smaller than with the respective print head 416 arranged in the respective mounting position; 616; 816.

In one embodiment, the at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826 at least one positioning guide and more preferably a plurality of positioning guides and even more preferably one positioning guide per movable printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 and / or per standard movable assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 on. Standard assemblies 504 designed as dryer assembly 504 and / or dryer assembly 504 not designed as standard assembly 504 also have a positioning device, for example. In a preferred embodiment of the at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826 has the at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826, at least one linear positioning guide, preferably designed as a rail, and more preferably several, in particular four, preferably, positioning guides, and even more preferably at least one positioning guide, preferably designed as a rail, per movable printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 and / or per movable dryer assembly 504 and / or per standard movable assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 on. Further preferred are each movable print head assembly 424; 624; 824 and / or per movable dryer assembly 504 and / or per movable standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824, two positioning guides designed as rails are arranged, in particular one rail each for each end of the respective printhead assembly 424 which is related to the transverse direction A; 624; 824 and / or dryer assembly 504 and / or standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824. Preferably, and in particular when the at least one positioning guide is designed as at least one rail, the travel of the respective print head assembly 424; 624; 824 and / or dryer assembly 504 and / or standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 linear.

The respective positioning device 426; 626; 826 and / or the respective positioning guide is, for example, in contact with the respective side wall 428; 628; 828 of frame 427; 627; 827 and / or with at least one respective coupling receptacle 423; 623; 823. Alternatively, at least one further component is between each positioning device 426; 626; 826 and / or positioning guide on the one hand and each Side wall 428; 628; 828 and / or each coupling receptacle 423; 623; 823 arranged on the other hand. This respective at least one other component then preferably belongs to the respective printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 and / or dryer assembly 504 and / or standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824. This respective at least one other component is designed, for example, as a frame and has two side walls 428; 628; 828 of frame 427; 627; 827 in contact. Via this respective at least one other component there is therefore preferably a connection between the two side walls 428 which are opposite one another with respect to the transverse direction A; 628; 828 of frame 427; 627; 827 independent of the movable components of the respective printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 and / or dryer assembly 504 and / or standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824.

In particular, regardless of an arrangement of standard modules 423; 504; 624; 824 is preferably at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 for cleaning print heads 416; 616; 816 and / or nozzle areas of print heads 416; 616; 816 arranged and / or at least one print head 416; 616; 816 and / or at least one nozzle surface of the at least one print head 416; 616; 816; 412 assignable and / or assigned. The at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 is preferably arranged movably along at least one supply path between at least one parking position and at least one use position, in particular by means of at least one feed device. If there are several cleaning devices 419; 619; 819 is preferred to each cleaning device 419; 619; 819 is assigned its own provision path, its own parking position and its own deployment position. The provision path preferably runs essentially or completely orthogonally to the transverse direction A and more preferably essentially or completely horizontally. A possibly present component of the respective supply path of the at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 in transverse direction A is preferably at most 50%, more preferably at most 20%, even more preferably at most 10% and even more preferably at most 2% of the width of the measured in transverse direction A Working area of the non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 and / or at most 50%, more preferably at most 20%, even more preferably at most 10% and even more preferably at most 2% of a working width of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 determined by a maximum sheet width that can be processed with the sheet-fed printing machine 01.

The at least one positioning device 426; 626; 826 preferably has at least one positioning drive and more preferably several positioning drives and even more preferably one positioning drive for each movable print head assembly 424; 624; 824 and / or per movable dryer assembly 504 and / or per movable standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 on. For example, a positioning drive is assigned to each positioning guide. The at least one positioning drive is designed, for example, as at least one electric motor and / or as at least one hydraulic cylinder and / or preferably as at least one pneumatic cylinder. The at least one positioning drive is preferably arranged in such a way that it drives the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 can optionally move into its printing position or its rest position, in particular its maintenance position or its assembly position, and more preferably also hold there. The at least one positioning drive is preferably designed as at least one electric motor, for example as at least one stepping motor, and / or connected to at least one threaded spindle. The at least one positioning drive is preferably connected by circuitry to the machine control of the printing press 01, in particular sheet-fed printing press 01.

In the at least one maintenance position, at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 at least one nozzle of the at least one print head 416; 616; 816; 412 is assigned and / or assignable and is further preferably the at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 at least one nozzle of the at least one print head 416; 616; 816; 412 at least partially with respect to a respective discharge direction of the at least one nozzle arranged opposite and / or can be arranged.

A position of these respective at least one nozzle preferably differs when the print head 416 is arranged in the at least one printing position; 616; 816 and a position of this respective at least one nozzle with the print head 416; arranged in the at least one maintenance position and / or assembly position; 616; 816 based on the transverse direction A by at most 50%, more preferably at most 20% and even more preferably at most 10% and even more preferably at most 2% of a width of a working area of the respective printhead assembly 424 measured in transverse direction A; 624; 824 and / or at most 50% and more preferably at most 20% and even more preferably at most 10% and even more preferably at most 2% of the maximum with the sheet-fed printing machine 01 and / or the respective non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 processable sheet width fixed working width of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 and / or of the respective non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800

When the print head 416; 616; 816 at least one maintenance device 419; 619; 819 and / or cleaning device 419; 619; 819 between at least one nozzle of the at least one print head 416; 616; 816; 412 and can be arranged and / or arranged in an area of the transport path provided for the sheets 02 which is closest to this at least one nozzle.

As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine is preferably characterized in that the at least one non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 at least one maintenance device 419; 619; 819 and / or cleaning device 419; 619; 819 for print heads 416; 616; 816 has, which is arranged to be movable along a provision path between a parking position and an operational position. The maintenance device 419; 619; 819 is, for example, as a cover and / or as a cleaning device 419; 619; 819 trained.

The at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 preferably has an extent in each spatial direction that is greater than 10 cm, more preferably greater than 15 cm. The at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 has an extension in the transverse direction A which is at least as large as the working area of the respective associated printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 in the transverse direction A. The at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819, in a transport direction of the sheets 02, has an extent which is at least as large as the working area of the respective associated print head assembly 424; 624; 824 in the transport direction of the sheets 02. As a result, all the nozzles of all the print heads 416; 616; 816 of the respective printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 can be cleaned in one operation.

Preferably, each maintenance position is at least one print head 416; 616; 816 a clear use position of at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 assigned. The at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 as at least one protective cover 419; 619; 819, further preferably by means of the, together with the at least one print head 416; 616; 816; 412 a closed volume can be limited. For a total of four printhead assemblies 424; 624; 824 of a non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or Non Impact Coating Module 400; 600; 800 a total of four cleaning devices 419; 619; 819, each of which has at least one area which is used as a protective cover and / or can be used and which also serves as a cleaning area.

With at least one print head 416; 616; 816 at least one nozzle of this at least one print head 416; 616; 816 is arranged below the supply path along which the at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 is preferably arranged movably between the at least one parking position and the at least one use position by means of the at least one feed device. With at least one print head 416; 616; 816 this at least one nozzle is arranged above this supply path.

To clean the at least one nozzle surface of the at least one print head 416; 616; 816 is the at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 provided. The at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 preferably has at least one cleaning element or cleaning module and preferably at least one collecting device, in particular collecting trough. The at least one cleaning element or cleaning module is preferably arranged so as to be movable relative to the at least one collecting device. The at least one cleaning device 419; 619; 819 as a whole relative to the at least one printhead 416; 616; 816 movably arranged, in particular while the cleaning device 419; 619; 819 is arranged in the maintenance position and remains.

The by the coating unit 400; 600; 800 or coating module 400; 600; 800 specified section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, is preferably essentially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably designed to run essentially and more preferably exclusively horizontally. This preferably applies to every embodiment of the coating unit 400; 600; 800, so especially when it is used as a flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 and / or as a non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 is formed.

The preferably stands out as the aggregate 400; 600; 800 and / or module 400; 600; 800 formed coating device 400; 600; 800 alternatively or additionally in that the coating device 400; 600; 800 defined section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, at an entrance level of the coating device 400; 600; 800 begins and / or at an initial level of the coating device 400; 600; 800 ends. The coating device 400 is preferably distinguished; 600; 800 in that this input height of the coating device 400; 600; 800 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm, and / or that the starting height of the coating device 400; 600; 800 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and / or that the entrance height of the coating device 400; 600; 800 from the initial height of the coating device 400; 600; 800 deviates by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm.

Regardless of the design of the coating unit 400; 600; 800 as a flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 and / or jet coating unit 400; 600; 800 has the coating unit 400; 600; 800 preferably has at least its own drive M400; M401; M600; M601; M800; M801 or M400 motor; M401; M600; M601; M800; M801, which is preferably designed as a position-regulated electric motor in particular. In the case of a training as a flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 has the coating unit 400; 600; 800 preferably at least one further drive M401; M601; M801 or power take-off M401; M601; M801, which at least the application cylinder 402; 602; 802 or forme cylinder 402; 602; 802 is assigned. The at least one power take-off M401; M610; M801 preferably drives at least this application cylinder 402; 602; 802 or forme cylinder 402; 602; 802 independent of a main drive M400; M600; M800 of the coating unit 400; 600; 800 on and / or is preferably capable of such independent driving. This is the main drive M400; M600; M800 preferably at least the counter pressure means 408; 608; 808, more preferably also any incoming and / or outgoing transport means 411; 611; 811; 417; 617; 817, in particular regardless of the design of the coating unit 400; 600; 800 as a flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 or as a non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or jet coating unit 400; 600; 800

Regardless of the design of the coating unit 400; 600; 800 as a flexo coating unit 400; 600; 800 and / or non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 and / or jet coating unit 400; 600; 800 has the coating unit 400; 600; 800 preferably has at least one transfer means 03, which preferably serves to transport the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing material 02 and / or the sheets 02, between the coating unit 400; 600; 800, in particular coating module 400; 600; 800 on the one hand and at least one other unit 100; 200; 300; 500; 550; 700; 900; 1000 and / or at least one other module 100; 200; 300; 500; 550; 700; 900; 1000 on the other hand to support and / or perform. For example, the at least one transfer means 03 is designed as a front transfer means 03 and / or the coating point 409; 609; 809 and / or the at least one incoming transport means 411; 611; 811 with respect to the transport direction T and / or with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one transfer device is designed as a rear transfer device and / or the coating point 409; 609; 809 and / or the at least one outgoing transport means 417; 617; 817 with respect to the transport direction T and / or with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02.

For example, the coating unit 400; 600; 800 at least one Pressure roller or pressure roller on, by means of the sheets 02 against the at least one transport means 411; 611; 811; 417; 617; 817 can be acted upon with a force. As a result, a position of the sheets 02 can be precisely maintained, in particular during a transfer between units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000.

After at least one coating device 400; 600; 800 and more preferably in direct connection to at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 at least one drying device 500 and / or drying device 506 is arranged. The at least one drying device 500 and / or drying device 506 preferably serves to fix coating means onto the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing material 02 and / or the sheet 02. Depending on the coating agent, different drying methods are to be preferred. The drying device 500 and / or drying device 506 preferably has at least one energy output device 501; 502; 503 on. For example, at least one energy output device 501 designed as an infrared radiation source 501 is arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one energy output device 502 designed as a hot air source 502 is arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one energy output device 503 designed as a UV radiation source 503 is arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one energy output device designed as an electron beam source is arranged. For example, at least one area is also provided in which areas of action of different energy output devices 501; 502; 503 overlap. As an alternative or in addition, at least one area is provided which is only used in the effective area of one type of energy output device 501; 502; 503 lies. At least one air supply line and / or at least one air discharge line is preferably arranged, in particular with the at least energy output device 501; 502; 503 connected and / or as a component of the at least one drying device 500 and / or drying device 506. This allows water vapor and / or solvents and / or saturated air to be removed and / or optionally processed.

The at least one drying device 500 has at least one frame 508, for example. The at least one drying device 500 has, for example, at least one transport means 511, which is more preferably designed as a suction transport means 511. What has been described above and below about suction means of transport preferably applies accordingly. The drying device 500 preferably has at least its own drive M500 or motor M500, in particular an electric motor M500 or position-regulated electric motor M500, which is further preferably arranged to drive and / or be able to drive the at least one transport means 511. The drying device 500 preferably has at least one transfer means 03 for sheets 02. The section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, determined by drying device 500, is preferably essentially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably essentially and more preferably designed to run exclusively horizontally. As an alternative or in addition to at least one separate drying device 500, for example, at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800 or a plurality of coating units 400; 600; 800 or each coating unit 400; 600; 800 each has at least one dedicated, in particular integrated, drying device 500 or drying device 506 assigned to it. Such an assignment is to be understood in particular that the drying device 500 or drying device 506 of the respective coating unit 400; 600; 800 in front of any job site 418; 618; 818 each of this respective coating unit 400; 600; 800 with respect to the following coating unit 400; which is provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, 600; 800 is arranged.

For example, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is characterized in that at least one post-drying device 507 is arranged, the at least one partially aligned with the air outlet opening arranged for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02. The at least one post-drying device 507 is preferably used to reuse heat that is contained in the air that has already been used to dry sheets. This takes place, for example, in that air transported away from sheet 02 is again conducted to sheet 02 and / or its heat is given off by means of a heat exchanger to air, which in turn is conducted to sheet 02. The at least one post-drying device 507 is preferably characterized in that at least one air supply line of this at least one post-drying device 507 for energy transfer and / or for gas transfer by means of at least one gas line and / or at least one heat exchanger with at least one air discharge line at least one drying device upstream with respect to the transport direction T. 500 or drying device 506 is connected.

Preferably, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that, along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, in front of the at least one non-impact coating module 600; 800 at least one primer module 400 of the sheet-fed printing press 01 is arranged. The at least one primer module 400 is designed, for example, as a flexo coating module 400 or preferably as a non-impact coating module 400.

Preferably, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that, along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, in particular after an application point 418 of the at least one primer module 400 and / or after the at least one primer module 400 and / or in front of at least one application point 618 of the at least one non-impact coating module 600 and / or in front of the at least one non-impact coating module 600 and / or in front of each designed as a printing module 600 Non-impact coating module 600, at least one drying device 506 is arranged, in particular arranged in alignment with the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02. This at least one drying device 506 is, for example, either part of one of the at least one non-impact coating module 400; 600; 800 and the primer module 400 and preferably independent drying module 500. Alternatively, this at least one drying device 506 is arranged, for example, integrated into the at least one primer module 400.

For example, in a preferred embodiment of the sheet-fed printing press 01, at least one drying device 506 is integrated into the at least one primer module 400 and is at least one drying device 500 arranged after the primer module 400 with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheets 02 and / or drying device 506 and / or energy output device 501; 502; 504 with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, is only arranged after at least one application point 618 of the at least one non-impact printing unit 600, preferably designed as a non-impact printing module 600, aligned with the intended transport path. For example, the at least one non-impact printing assembly 600 embodied as a non-impact printing module 600 has at least one drying device 506 and / or at least one energy output device 501; 502; 504, with regard to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, after at least one application point 618, this at least one non-impact printing unit 600, preferably designed as a non-impact printing module 600, and before at least one other application point 618 at least one non-impact printing assembly 600, preferably designed as a non-impact printing module 600, is arranged in alignment with the intended transport path. This is an intermediate drying of one or more inks of one or more colors Before applying at least one further ink, in particular another color, possible. For example, the at least one pressure module 600 then preferably has at least one transport means 611, which is more preferably designed as a suction transport means 611 and / or suction belt 611 and / or suction box belt 611 and / or roller suction system 611. This at least one transport means 611 then extends along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, under the at least one first application point 618 of the printing module 600 and under at least one drying device 506 downstream of this at least one application point 618 of the printing module 600 and more preferably under each further, in particular downstream application point 618 of the printing module 600 and more preferably under each further, in particular downstream drying device 506 and / or energy output device 501; 502; 504 of the printing module 600, regardless of whether this drying device 506 and / or energy output device 501; 502; 504 of the printing module 600 is arranged between application points 618 of the printing module 600 or after a last application point 618 of the printing module 600. Preferably, precisely one such described transport means 611 is arranged along the transport path and, with respect to the transverse direction A, several such transport means 611 are next to one another or more preferably also precisely such a transport means 611 is arranged. This respective means of transport 611 thus preferably extends under all application points 618 of the printing module 600 and under all drying devices 506 of the printing module 600 arranged between application locations 618 of the printing module 600 and more preferably under all drying devices 506 of the printing module 600 arranged after all application points 618 of the printing module 600. An example of such a print module is in Figure 18d Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that a printing module 600 is arranged and this printing module 600 is inserted along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02 continuous transport means 611, in particular suction transport means 611 and / or suction belt 611 and / or suction box belt 611 and / or roller suction system 611, on which at least four in the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02 Rows of print heads 616 extending transversely A are arranged aligned one behind the other and on which at least one drying device 506 and / or at least one energy output device 501; or at least one energy output device 501; along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02; 502; 504 is arranged in alignment. In addition, between the at least four rows of print heads 616 extending in the transverse direction A, at least one further drying device 506 and / or at least one energy output device 501; 502; 504 arranged in alignment with this continuous transport means 611.

Alternatively or additionally, the at least one non-impact coating unit 600 and / or non-impact printing unit 600 and / or the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that the conveyor belt 718; 726 of the at least one suction belt 611 of the non-impact coating device 600 has a width measured in the transverse direction A of at least 30 cm, preferably at least 50 cm, more preferably at least 100 cm and even more preferably at least 150 cm. As a result, correspondingly wide sheets 02 can be transported precisely and a large working width of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 can be achieved.

Alternatively or additionally, the at least one non-impact coating unit 600 and / or non-impact printing unit 600 and / or the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that the non-impact coating module 600 has at least one and preferably precisely one transport means 611 designed as a suction belt 611 and that the at least one non-impact coating module 600 has at least one standing surface 629 for at least one operator, which is at least temporarily vertically above the suction belt 611 and in particular above the conveyor belt 718; 726 of the suction belt 611 is arranged and / or can be arranged. This at least one standing surface 629 is, for example, arranged rigidly or pivotably. By means of this at least one standing surface 629, even with large working widths and / or large dimensions of the non-impact coating unit 600, convenient access to, for example, the print heads 416; 616; 816 reachable.

Alternatively or additionally, the at least one non-impact coating unit 600 and / or non-impact printing unit 600 and / or the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that the non-impact coating module 600 has at least one and preferably exactly one transport means 611 designed as a suction belt 611 and / or that at least one tensioning means 736 for setting and / or maintaining a particularly mechanical tension of the conveyor belt 718; 726 is arranged in particular of the suction belt 611 and in particular with this conveyor belt 718; 726 is arranged in contact. As such a tensioning means 736, for example at least one deflection roller 736 is arranged, the axis of rotation of which is arranged such that it can be displaced. In this way, during operation and / or when the conveyor belt 718; 726 set the corresponding operating conditions precisely.

Alternatively or additionally, the at least one non-impact coating unit 600 and / or non-impact printing unit 600 and / or the sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that at least one post-drying device 507 is arranged, which at least one at least partially applies to the at least one and preferably exactly one configured as a suction belt 611 transport means 611 of the non-impact printing module 600 has aligned arranged air outlet opening. Further preferred is at least one air supply line of this at least one post-drying device 507 for energy transmission and / or for gas transmission by means of at least one gas line and / or at least one Heat exchanger connected to at least one air discharge line, this air discharge line preferably being an air discharge line of at least one upstream drying device 500 or drying device 506 with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02 and / or the transport direction T of suction belt 611 . The at least one air outlet opening, which is at least partially aligned with the at least one and preferably exactly one transport means 611 of the non-impact printing module 600 designed as a suction belt 611, is preferably arranged aligned with an area of the transporting means 611 designed as a suction belt 611 of the non-impact printing module 600, which, after a The effective area of at least one other dryer device 506 of this non-impact printing module 600 is arranged and / or which is arranged after at least one and more preferably each application point 618 of the non-impact printing module 600.

Alternatively or additionally, the at least one preferably has a non-impact coating module 400; 600; 800 or non-impact printing module 600 formed non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or non-impact printing unit 600 in a further possible embodiment, at least one drying device 506 and / or at least one energy output device 501; 502; 504 which, with regard to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, in front of each application point 418; 618; 818 of this respective at least one, preferably as a non-impact coating module 400; 600; 800 or non-impact printing module 600 formed non-impact coating unit 400; 600; 800 or non-impact printing unit 600 is arranged aligned with the intended transport route. For example, the at least one non-impact printing assembly 600 designed as a non-impact printing module 600 has at least one drying device 506 and / or at least one energy output device 501; 502; 504, the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, in front of each application point 618 of this at least one non-impact printing assembly 600, preferably designed as a non-impact printing module 600, is arranged in alignment with the intended transport path. By means of this drying device 506 and / or at least one energy output device 501; 502; 504, the coating agent applied by the preferably arranged primer module 400 can then be dried, in particular before ink is applied by means of the printing module 600. For example, the at least one pressure module 600 then preferably has at least one transport means 611, which is more preferably designed as a suction transport means 611 and / or suction belt 611 and / or suction box belt 611 and / or roller suction system 611. This at least one transport means 611 then preferably extends along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, under the at least one drying device 506 and / or energy output device 501 arranged in front of each application point 618 of the printing module 600; 502; 504 and under at least one and preferably each application point 618 of the printing module 600 and more preferably under each further drying device 506 and / or energy output device 501; 502; 504 of the printing module 600, regardless of whether this drying device 506 and / or energy output device 501; 502; 504 of the printing module 600 is arranged between application points 618 of the printing module 600 or after a last application point 618 of the printing module 600. Preferably, precisely one such described transport means 611 is arranged along the transport path and, with respect to the transverse direction A, several such transport means 611 are next to one another or also exactly one Transport means 611 arranged. This respective transport means 611 therefore preferably extends under a drying device 506, which follows the priming unit 400 and under all application points 618 of the printing module 600 and under all drying device 506 of the printing module 600 arranged between application points 618 of the printing module 600 and more preferably under all of the application points 618 of the printing module 600 arranged drying device 506 of the printing module 600. (An example is such Print module in Figure 18c Preferably, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that a printing module 600 is arranged and this printing module 600 is a continuous transport means 611, in particular a continuous transport means 611, in particular Has suction transport means 611 and / or suction belt 611 and / or suction box belt 611 and / or roller suction system 611, on which at least one drying device along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheets 02, in front of each application point 618 of the printing module 600 506 and / or at least one energy output device 501; 502; 504 is arranged aligned and on which along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, at least four rows of print heads 616 extending in the transverse direction A are arranged one behind the other and on which along the for the Transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, provided transport path thereafter at least one further drying device 506 and / or at least one energy output device 501; 502; 504 is arranged in alignment. In addition, between the at least four rows of print heads 616 extending in the transverse direction A, at least one further drying device 506 and / or at least one energy output device 501; 502; 504 arranged aligned with this continuous means of transport.

Preferably, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that, along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, after the at least one non-impact coating module 400; 600 at least one painting module 800 of the sheet-fed printing press 01 is arranged. The at least one painting module 800 is designed, for example, as a flexo coating module 800 or preferably as a non-impact coating module 800. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, after an application point 618 of the at least one non-impact coating module 600 designed as a non-impact printing module 600 and before the at least one painting module 800 at least one drying device 506 is arranged in particular aligned with the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02. This at least one drying device 506 is, for example, either a component of a drying module 500 that is different from the at least one non-impact printing module 600 and the at least one painting module 800, in particular an independent drying module 500. Alternatively, this at least one drying device 506 is arranged, for example, integrated into the at least one non-impact printing module 600.

Preferably, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that, along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, after an application point 818 of the at least one painting module 800, at least one drying device 506, in particular on the Transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02 provided transport path is arranged aligned. This at least one drying device 506 is, for example, part of a drying module 500 that is different and in particular independent from the at least one painting module 800. Alternatively, this at least one drying device 506 is arranged, for example, integrated into the at least one painting module 800.

At least one device for intermediate drying is preferably arranged for multicolored printing. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02 at least one first application site 618 provided for colored coating agent of at least one non-impact coating module 400; 600; 800 and then an active area of at least one drying device 506 assigned to the first application point 618 and then at least one further application point 618 provided for colored coating agent of at least one non-impact coating module 400; 600; 800 and then an active area of at least one further drying device 506 assigned to the further application point 618 is arranged. The processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one first application point 618 provided for colored coating agent is arranged in alignment with a first side of the transport path provided for substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, and that the at least one further application point 618 provided for colored coating agent is also arranged aligned on the first side of the transport path provided for substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02. The processing machine 01, preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the at least one first application point 618 intended for colored coating agent and the at least one further application point 618 intended for colored coating agent for applying coating agent to the same side of the substrate 02, in particular of the printing substrate 02 and / or at least one respective sheet 02 are provided. The processing machine 01, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine 01, is preferably characterized in that the effective area of the at least one drying device 506 assigned to the first application point 618 is also arranged in alignment with the first side of the transport path provided for substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02 and that the effective area of the at least one further drying device 506 assigned to the further application point 618 is also arranged in alignment with the first side of the transport path provided for substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02. The colored coating agent used for the first application site 618 is assigned, preferably has a different color than the colored coating agent that is assigned to the further application site 618.

Preferably, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that this first application point 618 is assigned to a first non-impact coating module 600 embodied as the first printing module 600 and that this additional application point 618 is assigned to the same first non-impact coating module 600 embodied as the first printing module 600. As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that the drying device 506 assigned to the first application point 618 has a receiving device 421; 621; 821 of the first print module 600 occupied. As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that the drying device 506 assigned to the further application point 618 has a receiving device 421; 621; 821 of the first print module 600 occupied. In another embodiment, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the drying device 506 assigned to the first application point 618 is part of a drying module 500 that is different from the first printing module 600.

For example, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the first application point 618 is assigned to a first non-impact coating module 600 embodied as the first printing module 600 and that the further application point 618 is assigned to a further non embodied as a further printing module and different from the first printing module 600 Impact coating module 600 is assigned.

As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that the drying device 506 assigned to the further application point 618 has a receiving device 421; 621; 821 occupies a further print module 600 different from the first print module 600. Alternatively, the Sheet-fed printing machine 01 in that the drying device 506 assigned to the further application point 618 is part of a drying module 500 that is different from the further printing module 600.

Preferably, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that, along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, an application point 618 for cyan coating agents is provided and then an application point 618 for coating agents the color magenta is provided and then an application point 618 is provided for coating agents of the color black and then an application location 618 is provided for coating agents of the color yellow.

Preferably, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that, along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, downstream of an application point 618 of the at least one printing module 600 and / or in front of an application point 818 of the at least a painting module 800 at least one inspection device 551 is arranged.

The at least one drying device 500 and / or drying device 506 is designed, for example, as a drying device 500 and / or drying device 506 that acts and / or can act from above. The at least one drying device 500 and / or drying device 506 is, for example, additionally or alternatively designed as a drying device 500 and / or drying device 506 acting and / or capable of acting from below. The selection is preferably made depending on how further units 100; 200; 300; 400; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 of the processing machine 01 are built up and / or arranged and / or which side of the sheet 02 is to be processed. For example, the at least one transport means 511 is then designed accordingly as an upper suction transport means 511 or as a lower suction transport means 511.

The drying device 500, which is preferably designed as a unit 500 and / or module 500, is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, which is defined by drying device 500, is on a The entrance level of the drying device 500 begins and / or ends at an exit level of the drying device 500. The drying device 500 is preferably characterized in that this entrance height of the drying device 500 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably by no more than 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and / or that the output height of the drying device 500 differs from the first Standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and / or that the entrance height of the drying device 500 differs from the initial height of the preparation device 200 by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by deviates by a maximum of 2 mm.

The at least one drying device 500 or drying device 506 has, for example, at least one cooling device 551 and / or at least one inspection device 551 and / or at least one rewetting device 551. Alternatively, a separate post-treatment unit 550 is arranged for this purpose.

For example, at least one post-treatment device 550 is arranged, in particular with regard to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, preferably after at least one coating device 400; 600; 800 and / or after at least one drying device 500 and / or after at least one drying device 506. The preferably arranged at least one post-treatment device 550 preferably has at least one action device 551. This at least one action device 551 is, for example, a humidifier 551, in particular Remoistening device 551 and / or designed as cooling device 551 and / or as discharging device 551 and / or as inerting device 551 and / or as cleaning device 551 and / or as deburring device 551 and / or as inspection device 551. A cleaning device 551 is designed, for example, as a suction device 551 and / or a blower device 551 and / or as a stripping device 551.

An inspection device 551 has, for example, at least one and preferably several, in particular at least two, in particular optical sensors, which is or are designed, for example, as a camera and / or in particular is or are preferably arranged such that it can be moved by machine in the transverse direction A. By means of at least one such sensor, for example, a printed area of a respective sheet 02 can be detected, for example an entire printed area of the respective sheet 02, in particular for checking a print quality. Register marks, for example, can be detected by means of at least one such sensor or such sensors. Register marks arranged on the sheets 02 are preferably detected by means of these sensors, which, more preferably, were previously determined by means of at least one and in particular several of the coating units 400; 600; 800 were applied to the sheet 02. The register marks can also be applied partially or completely to the sheets 02 outside the processing machine 01 or coating machine 01. However, in particular to assess the function of the processing machine 01, the register marks are at least partially and more preferably completely generated within the processing machine 01. The sensors are preferably set to the dimensions of the sheets 02 and / or to a position dependent on the processing, in particular the print image, in particular with respect to the transverse direction A. Thus, the register mark does not have to be printed on the sheet 02 at the same location for each print job. After the register marks have been recorded, any positional information that arises is preferably evaluated. More preferably, information on how is derived from this evaluation at least one setting variable of the processing machine 01 is to be changed. This at least one setting variable is, for example, a position in relation to a circumferential direction of at least one application cylinder 402; 602; 802, in particular relative to other application cylinders 402; 602; 802, and / or a position related to the transverse direction A of at least one application cylinder 402; 602; 802, in particular relative to other application cylinders 402; 602; 802 and / or an inclined position of a coating form, in particular relative to the transverse direction A and / or a control and / or position of at least one print head 416; 616; 816. A circumferential register and / or a side register and / or a diagonal register can thus be recorded and / or set.

The action device 551 is, for example, within a further unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000 arranged, in particular aligned with the intended transport route and / or acting and / or capable of acting. For example, this further unit 600 or module 600 is the printing unit 600 or printing module 600 or coating unit 600 or coating module 600 or non-impact coating unit 600 or non-impact coating module 600. The inspection device 551 preferably has at least one CCD sensor 553 and / or at least one CMOS sensor 553 on. The inspection device 551 and in particular the at least one sensor 553 of the inspection device 551 on the transport means 611, in particular the suction belt 611 of the coating module 600, in particular the non-impact coating module 600 and / or the transport belt 718; 724 of the suction belt 611 of the coating module 600, in particular the non-impact coating module 600, arranged in an aligned manner. The inspection device 551 is preferably on a part of the means of transport 611, in particular suction belt 611, in particular of transport belt 718; 724 of the suction belt 611 of the non-impact coating module 600, which is aligned with respect to the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02 provided transport path after the at least one post-drying device 507 and / or the air outlet opening of which is arranged aligned with the at least one and preferably exactly one transport means 611 of the non-impact printing module 600, which is in particular designed as a suction belt 611. Alternatively or additionally, however, the at least one aftertreatment device 550 is designed, for example, as an independent unit 550 and more preferably a module 550.

The aftertreatment device 550 preferably has at least one transport means 561, which is more preferably designed as a suction transport means 561. What has been described above and below about suction means of transport preferably applies accordingly. The aftertreatment device 550 preferably has at least its own drive M550 or motor 550, in particular an electric motor M550 or position-regulated electric motor M550, which is further preferably arranged to drive and / or be able to drive the at least one transport means 561. For example, the aftertreatment device 550 has at least one pressure roller 552 or pressure roller 552, by means of which sheets 02 can be acted upon with a force against at least one transport means 561. The post-treatment device 550 preferably has at least one transfer device 03 for sheets 02. The section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, defined by post-treatment device 550 is preferably essentially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably designed to run essentially and more preferably exclusively horizontally.

The post-treatment device 550, which is preferably designed as a unit 550 and / or module 550, is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, which is defined by post-treatment device 550, is on a Entrance height of the aftertreatment device 550 begins and / or ends at an initial level of the aftertreatment device 550. The aftertreatment device 550 is preferably characterized in that this entrance height of the aftertreatment device 550 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and / or that the initial height of the aftertreatment device 550 differs from the first Standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and / or that the entrance height of the aftertreatment device 550 differs from the initial height of the aftertreatment device 550 by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by deviates by a maximum of 2 mm.

As described, at least one printing device 600, in particular at least one printing assembly 600, is preferably arranged, for example in addition to at least one priming assembly 400 and / or at least one painting assembly 800. The preferably arranged at least one printing device 600 is a coating device 600. The coating assemblies 400; 600; 800 that is described above and below applies accordingly to the at least one printing device 600. The coating device 600 designed as a printing device 600 is preferably followed by a drying device 500, which is further preferably designed as described above.

For example, if the at least one coating device 400; 600; 800 and / or another unit 100; 200; 300; 500; 550; 900; 1000 does not itself have sufficient transport options and / or at least one independent transport device 700 is preferably arranged to bridge distances, which is designed, for example, as a transport unit 700 or as a transport module 700. The preferably arranged at least one transport device 700 serves, for example, to transport the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, in particular between further units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 800; 900; 1000 and / or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 800; 900; 1000. The at least one transport device 700 has at least one frame 744, for example. The at least one transport device 700 preferably has at least one transport means 711, which is more preferably designed as a suction transport means 711. What has been described above and below about suction means of transport preferably applies accordingly. The transport device 700 preferably has at least its own drive M700 or motor M700, in particular an electric motor M700 or position-regulated electric motor M700, which is further preferably arranged to drive and / or drive the at least one transport means 711. For example, the transport device 700 has at least one pressure roller or pressure roller, by means of which sheets 02 can be subjected to a force against which at least one transport means 711 can be applied.

The at least one transport device 700 is, for example, within a further unit 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 800; 900; 1000 or module 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 800; 900; 1000 arranged, in particular to transport sheets 02 to their specific devices and / or away from them. For example, in other units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 800; 900; 1000 or modules 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 800; 900; 1000 can partially or completely dispense with means of transport if transport devices 700 arranged in between ensure the transport of the sheets 02. In one example, there are multiple flexo coating units 400; 600; 800 arranged, which do not have their own transport means, but between each of which an independent transport device 700 is arranged. The transport device 700 preferably has at least one transfer device 03 for sheets 02. The section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, defined by transport device 700 is preferably essentially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably essentially and more preferably designed to run exclusively horizontally. The transport device 700, which is preferably designed as a unit 700 and / or module 700, is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for transporting substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, which is defined by transport device 700, is on a The entrance level of the transport device 700 begins and / or ends at an exit level of the transport device 700. The transport device 700 is preferably characterized in that this entrance height of the transport device 700 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and / or that the output height of the transport device 700 differs from the first Standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and / or that the entrance height of the transport device 700 differs from the initial height of the transport device 700 by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by deviates by a maximum of 2 mm.

As described, at least one painting device 800, in particular at least one painting unit 800, is preferably arranged, for example in addition to at least one priming unit 400 and / or to at least one printing unit 600. The preferably arranged at least one painting device 800 is a coating device 800. The to coating units 400; 600; 800 that is described above and below applies accordingly to the at least one painting device 800. The coating device 800 embodied as a painting device 800 is preferably followed by a drying device 500, which is further preferably embodied as described above.

At least one shaping device 900 is preferably arranged, in particular after at least one coating device 400; 600; 800 and / or at least one drying device 500. The preferably arranged at least one Shaping device 900 preferably has at least one shaping means 901, in particular at least one shaping cylinder 901. The at least one shaping means 901 is designed, for example, as a punching means 901, in particular a punching cylinder 901. By punching, parts of the sheets 02, for example panels, can be at least partially separated from other parts of the sheets 02, for example connecting surfaces, for example cut out and / or cut off. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one shaping means 901 is designed, for example, as a creasing means 901, in particular a creasing cylinder 901. By creasing predetermined kinks can be created, for example to create folding boxes. As an alternative or in addition, the at least one shaping means 901 is embodied, for example, as a perforating means 901, in particular a perforating cylinder 901. Areas of the sheets 02 intended for later severing can be produced by perforating. As an alternative or in addition, the at least one shaping means 901 is designed, for example, as a breakout means 901, in particular a breakout cylinder 901. By breaking out a separation of preferably already partially separated areas of the sheets 02 can be supported, for example to empty punched holes and / or to break out panels from the sheets 02, in particular from their respective composite in the preferably printed sheet. At least one disposal device 903 is preferably arranged for the removal of waste material that occurs during punching and / or breaking. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one shaping device 900 preferably has at least one shaping means 901 embodied as a lamination device 901. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one shaping device 900 preferably has at least one shaping means 901 designed as a flat-bed punching device 901.

The at least one shaping device 900 preferably has at least one counterpressure means 902, in particular at least one counterpressure cylinder 902. This serves as an abutment for the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the Printing material 02 and / or the sheets 02, while the at least one shaping means 901 acts on the substrate 02 to be processed, in particular the printing material 02 and / or the sheets 02. The at least one shaping means 901 and the at least one counter-pressure means 902 are preferably arranged at least partially one above the other. In a first embodiment of the at least one shaping device 900, the at least one shaping means 901 is arranged at least partially over the transport path provided in particular for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, and / or over the at least one counterpressure means 902. The shaping means 901 is then designed as a shaping means 901 acting from above. The processing of the sheets 02 by means of this at least one shaping means 901 then preferably takes place from above. The at least one counterpressure means 902 is then preferably arranged below the transport path provided in particular for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02. In a second embodiment of the at least one shaping device 900, the at least one shaping means 901 is arranged at least partially under the transport path provided in particular for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, and / or under the at least one counter-pressure means 902. The shaping means 901 is then designed as a shaping means 901 acting from below. The processing of the sheets 02 by means of this at least one shaping means 901 then preferably takes place from below. The at least one counterpressure means 902 is then preferably arranged above the transport path provided in particular for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02. Whether the first or the second embodiment of the shaping device 900 is used depends, for example, on further processing that takes place before and / or afterwards and / or on the use of the products. The at least one shaping means 901 preferably acts on the sheets 02 from a different side than the at least one coating unit 400; 600; 800, for example in order to minimize the main surface of the sheets 02 bearing the print image during a punching process to deform unintentionally.

For example, the at least one shaping means 901 is designed to be at least partially exchangeable, in particular in order to enable the products to have a different shape from order to order. An example of this are exchangeable knives on a punching cylinder 901. For this purpose, the shaping means 901, in particular designed as a shaping cylinder 901, can be switched off by the counterpressure means 902, preferably designed as an impression cylinder 902, and / or equipped with exchangeable elevators, in particular partial shells. As an alternative or in addition, the counterpressure means 902 can be switched off from the shaping means 901 in order to make it easier to change the elevators. For example, at least one format-variable shaping device 900 is arranged, which enables a particularly effective processing of different sheet formats. For this, in particular, relative to other units 100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 1000 accelerable shaping means 901 and / or transport means 911 and / or contactless working shaping means 901 can be used.

For example, the counterpressure means 902, in particular the counterpressure cylinder 902, is provided with a surface, in particular a jacket surface, made of rubber and / or is arranged to be movable in the transverse direction A. Through this movement, wear can be made more even and thus the service life can be increased. At least one maintenance device is preferably arranged, which in particular is designed as a grinding device and can be adjusted at least temporarily against the surface, in particular the outer surface.

The at least one shaping device 900 preferably has at least one transport means 911, which is more preferably designed as a suction transport means 911. What has been described above and below about suction transport means preferably applies accordingly. The at least one shaping device 900 has preferably at least one own drive M900 or motor M900, in particular electric motor M900 or position-regulated electric motor M900, which is more preferably arranged to drive and / or drive the at least one transport means 911. For example, the at least one shaping device 900 has at least one pressure roller or pressure roller, by means of which sheets 02 can be acted upon with a force against the at least one transport means 911. The at least one shaping device 900 preferably has at least one transfer means 03 for sheets 02. The section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, which is determined by the at least one shaping device 900, is preferably essentially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably essentially and more preferably designed to run exclusively horizontally.

The shaping device 900, which is preferably designed as an assembly 900 and / or module 900, is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, which is defined by the shaping device 900, is on a The entry level of the shaping device 900 begins and / or ends at an exit level of the shaping device 900. The shaping device 900 is preferably characterized in that this input height of the shaping device 900 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and / or that the starting height of the shaping device 900 differs from the first Standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably at most 2 mm and / or that the input height of the shaping device 900 differs from the starting height of the shaping device 900 by a maximum of 5 cm, more preferably a maximum of 1 cm and even more preferably by deviates by a maximum of 2 mm. For example, the at least one shaping device 900 is designed as at least one punching module 900.

At least one substrate delivery device 1000 is preferably arranged, in particular as the last unit 1000 or module 1000 along the intended transport path. The substrate delivery device 1000 preferably has at least one stacking device 1001, which is used in particular to store processed sheets 02 and / or punched out and / or or to feed broken copies to a display stack 1002. The stacking device 1001 has, for example, at least one transport means 1011, which is designed, for example, as a suction transport means 1011 or as a simple transport belt 1011. What has been described above and below about suction transport means preferably applies accordingly. The substrate dispensing device 1000 preferably has at least its own drive M1000 or motor M1000, in particular electric motor M1000 or position-regulated electric motor M1000, which is more preferably arranged to drive and / or drive the at least one transport means 1011. For example, the substrate dispensing device 1000 has at least one pressure roller 1001; 1003 or pressure roller 1001; 1003, by means of the sheets 02 against which at least one transport means 1011 can be acted upon with a force. The at least one pressure roller 1001; 1003 or pressure roller 1001; 1003 is preferably part of the stacking device 1001 and is used to safely transport the sheets 02 to the delivery stack 1002. At least one positioning means 1001; 1004, which is used in particular to deposit the sheets 02 or copies in an orderly manner on the delivery stack 1002. The at least one positioning means 1001; 1004 is, for example, a display stop 1001; 1004 and / or part of the stacking device 1001. At least one discharge device is preferably arranged, for example in order to discharge waste sheets before they reach the delivery stack 1002.

The delivery stack 1002 is preferably formed on a carrier unit 1006 embodied, for example, as a pallet 1006 and / or can preferably be transported away automatically, for example by means of one or more carrier units 1006 transporting transport system 1007 which, for example, has at least one transport belt 1008 and / or transport rollers 1008. At least one lifting device 1009 is preferably arranged, by means of which the delivery stack 1002 and / or a lower end of the delivery stack 1002 and / or at least one transport unit 1006 can be arranged at different heights. In this way, for example, a display height on which an upper end of the display stack 1002 is arranged can be kept substantially constant while it is being formed. For example, the delivery height is at the same time an initial height of the substrate delivery device 1000. Alternatively or additionally, at least one transport means 1011 of the substrate delivery device 1000 upstream of the delivery stack 1002 is movably arranged, for example pivotable, so that sheets 02 laid out one after the other can be delivered in a targeted manner at increasing delivery heights.

The substrate dispensing device 1000, which is preferably designed as an assembly 1000 and / or module 1000, is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, which is defined by substrate dispensing device 1000, is on a The entrance level of the substrate dispensing device 1000 begins and / or ends at a respective exit level of the substrate dispensing device 1000. The starting height of the substrate dispensing device 1000 is, for example, the height at which a contact of the respective sheets 02 with the delivery stack 1002 is provided. If the delivery stack 1002 is lowered during stacking, the initial height of the substrate delivery device 1000 is constant, for example. The substrate dispensing device 1000 is preferably characterized in that the respective entrance height of the substrate dispensing device 1000 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably by at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and / or that the initial height of the substrate dispensing device 1000 differs from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and / or that the entrance height of the substrate delivery device 1000 deviates from the initial height of the substrate delivery device 1000 by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm.

A first example of a processing machine 01 has a sheet feeder module 100, a system module 300, several coating modules 600 each designed as a printing module 600 with transport modules 700 arranged in between, preferably at least one drying module 500, preferably at least one post-treatment module 550, at least one shaping module 900 and a delivery module 1000 . Such a first example of the processing machine 01 is shown schematically and by way of example in FIG Fig. 2a , 2 B and 2c shown.

A second example of a processing machine 01 has a sheet feeder module 100, a preparation module 200, a system module 300, a coating module 600 designed as a printing module 600, a drying module 500 and a delivery module 1000. Such a second example of the processing machine 01 is shown schematically and by way of example in FIG Figure 12a shown.

A third example of a processing machine 01 has a sheet feeder module 100, a preparation module 200, a coating module 400 configured as a primer module 400, a first drying module 500, an installation module 300, a coating module 600 configured as a printing module 600, a second drying module 500, a coating module 800 configured as a painting module 800 Coating module 800, a third drying module 500 and a display module 1000. Such a third example of the processing machine 01 is shown schematically and by way of example in FIG Figure 12b shown.

A fourth example of a processing machine 01 has a sheet feeder module 100, a preparation module 200, a first system module 300, a coating module 400 designed as a primer module 400, a first drying module 500, optionally second system module 300, a coating module 600 configured as a first printing module 600, a second drying module 500, a third system module 300, a coating module 600 configured as a second printing module 600, a third drying module 500, optionally an inspection module or an inspection device, a coating module configured as a painting module 800 800, a fourth drying module 500 and a display module 1000. Such a fourth example of the processing machine 01 is shown schematically and by way of example in FIG Figure 12c shown.

A fifth example of a processing machine 01 has a sheet feeder module 100, optionally a preparation module 200, a coating module 400 designed as a primer module 400, a first drying module 500, an installation module 300, a coating module 600 designed as a printing module 600, a second drying module 500, a painting module 800 formed coating module 800, a third drying module 500 and a display module 1000. The sheet feeder module 100 is preferably designed as described in such a way that its separating device 109 separates the sheets 02 from below in at least one embodiment (as for example in FIG Fig. 2a and 18a shown) or in at least one other embodiment isolated from above (such as in Fig. 1 and Figure 18b shown). For example, an ejection device (not shown) for sheets 02 is also optionally arranged, which is designed or serves, for example, as a waste gate. The coating module 600 embodied as a printing module 600 preferably has four receiving devices 621. Of these four recording devices 621, a first is preferably occupied by a printhead assembly 624, which further preferably has two printhead rows, with the first printhead row being assigned a first color and the second printhead row a second color. Of these four receiving devices 621, at least one further or more preferably two further are preferably occupied by at least one dryer assembly 504. Of these four receiving devices 621, a further, in particular the last one is preferably occupied with a print head assembly 624, and more preferably two Has printhead rows, with a third color furthermore preferably being assigned to the overall third printing head row and a fourth color being assigned to the overall fourth printing head row. Such a fifth example of the processing machine 01 is shown schematically and by way of example in FIG Figure 18a shown. For example, sheets 02 can thus be transported at a speed of 150 meters per minute and printed in four colors at 1200 dpi x 600 dpi.

In such a fifth example, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that the sheet-fed printing machine 01 has precisely one non-impact printing module 600. As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized in that the at least one non-impact printing module 600 has exactly four receiving devices 421; 621; 821 and that, viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, one of the four receiving devices 421; 621; 821 with exactly one as a print head assembly 424; 624; 824 formed standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 is occupied and that one seen along the transport path provided for transporting substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, and / or one along the transport path provided for transporting substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02 seen third of the four receiving devices 421; 621; 821 with, in particular, a total of a standard assembly 424 designed as a dryer assembly 504; 504; 624; 824 is occupied and that, viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, a fourth of the four receiving devices 421; 621; 821 with exactly one as a print head assembly 424; 624; 824 formed standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 is occupied. Preferably, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that, along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, at least after the at least one non-impact Coating module 400; 600; 800 at least one discharge device for sheets 02 is arranged. Preferably, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that, along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, after the at least one non-impact coating module 400; 600; 800 at least one substrate dispensing device 1000 designed as a module 1000 is arranged. The fifth example of the processing machine 01 is as described schematically and by way of example in FIG Figure 18a shown.

A sixth example of a processing machine 01 has a sheet feeder module 100, a preparation module 200, a first system module 300, a coating module 400 configured as a primer module 400, a first drying module 500, optionally a second system module 300, a coating module 600 configured as a first printing module 600, optionally a third system module 300, a coating module 600 designed as a second printing module 600, a second drying module 500, optionally an inspection module or an inspection device, a coating module 800 designed as a painting module 800, a third drying module 500 and a display module 1000. The sheet feeder module 100 is preferably designed as described in such a way that its separating device 109 separates the sheets 02 from below in at least one embodiment (as for example in FIG Fig. 2a and 18a shown) or in at least one other embodiment isolated from above (such as in Fig. 1 and Figure 18b shown). For example, an ejection device (not shown) for sheets 02 is optionally also arranged, which is designed or serves, for example, as a waste gate. The first coating module 600 embodied as a printing module 600 preferably has four receiving devices 621. Of these four receiving devices 621, a first and a second are each occupied with a print head assembly 624, which more preferably each have two print head rows, with the two print head rows more preferably the first Print head assembly 624 is assigned a first color and the two print head rows of the second print head assembly 624 is assigned a second color. Of these four receiving devices 621, at least one further or, more preferably, two further are preferably occupied by at least one dryer assembly 504. Of these four receiving devices 621, the third and fourth are preferably occupied by at least one dryer assembly 504. The second coating module 600 embodied as a printing module 600 preferably has four receiving devices 621. Of these four receiving devices 621, two, in particular the first two, are preferably unoccupied. Of these four recording devices 621, preferably two, in particular the last two, are each occupied with a print head assembly 624, which more preferably each have two print head rows, with the two print head rows of one of these two print head assemblies 624 preferably having a third color and the two print head rows the other of these two A fourth color is assigned to printhead assemblies 624. Such a sixth example of the processing machine 01 is shown schematically and by way of example in FIG Figure 18b shown. For example, sheets 02 can be transported at a speed of 300 meters per minute and printed in four colors at 1200 dpi x 600 dpi.

In such a sixth example, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that the sheet-fed printing machine 01 has exactly two non-impact printing modules 600. As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that each of the two non-impact printing modules 600 has exactly four receiving devices 421; 621; 821 and / or that, viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, a non-impact printing module 600 along the transport path for transporting substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02 is the first of the four receiving devices 421; 621; 821 with exactly one as a print head assembly 424; 624; 824 formed standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 is occupied and viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, a second of the four receiving devices 421; 621; 821 with exactly one as a print head assembly 424; 624; 824 formed standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 is occupied and a third seen along the transport path provided for transporting substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, and / or seen along the transport path provided for transporting substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02 fourth of the four receiving devices 421; 621; 821 with in particular a total of a standard assembly 424 designed as a dryer assembly 504; 504; 624; 824 is occupied and / or that, viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, two of the four receiving devices 421; 621; 821 are unoccupied and two of the four receiving devices 421; 621; 821 each with exactly one as a print head assembly 424; 624; 824 formed standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 are occupied. The sixth example of the processing machine 01 is as described schematically and by way of example in FIG Figure 18b shown.

Preferably, in such a sixth example, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that, viewed along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, a second non-impact printing module 600 is provided along the for the Transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02 provided transport path, seen first of the four receiving devices 421; 621; 821 and a second of the four receiving devices 421; seen along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02. 621; 821 is unoccupied and a third of the four receiving devices 421; seen along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, is shown. 621; 821 with exactly one as printhead assembly 424; 624; 824 formed standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 is occupied and a fourth of the four receiving devices 421; seen along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, is shown. 621; 821 with exactly one as a print head assembly 424; 624; 824 formed standard assembly 424; 504; 624; 824 is occupied. Preferably, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that, along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, at least after the second printing module 600 and / or at least after the at least one non-impact coating module 400 ; 600; 800 at least one discharge device for sheets 02 is arranged. Preferably, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that, along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheet 02, at least after the second printing module 600 and / or at least after the at least one non-impact coating module 400 ; 600; 800 at least one substrate dispensing device 1000 designed as a module 1000 is arranged. The sixth example of the processing machine 01 is as described schematically and by way of example in FIG Figure 18b shown.

A seventh example of a processing machine 01 has a sheet feeder module 100, optionally a particularly first preparation module 200, a coating module 400 designed as a primer module 400 with a drying device 506 preferably integrated or a drying device 506 integrated in the printing module 600, optionally a particularly second system module 300, a printing module 600 formed coating module 600 with integrated drying device 506, optionally a third system module 300 in particular, optionally an inspection module or an inspection device 551, a coating module 800 formed as a painting module 800 with integrated drying device 506 and a display module 1000. The sheet feeder module 100 is preferably designed, as described, in such a way that its separating device 109 separates the sheets 02 into at least one embodiment isolated from below (as for example in Fig. 2a and 18d shown) or in at least one other embodiment isolated from above (such as in Fig. 1 shown). For example, an ejection device (not shown) for sheets 02 is optionally also arranged, which is designed or serves, for example, as a waste gate. The first coating module 600 embodied as a printing module 600 preferably has four application points 618. Of these four application points 618, a first and a second are preferably each formed by at least one or at least two print head rows, with a first color being assigned to the two print head rows of the first application point 618 and a second color to the two print head rows of the second application points 618. Of these four application points 618, the third and fourth are preferably each formed by at least one or at least two print head rows, with a third color being assigned to the two print head rows of the third application point 618 and a fourth color to the two print head rows of the fourth application point 618. Such a seventh example of the processing machine 01 is shown schematically and by way of example in FIG Figure 18c shown.

The sheet-fed printing machine 01 is preferably characterized, in particular in such a seventh example, in that at least one drying device 506 is arranged for intermediate drying after the second application point 618 of the printing module 600 and that after a last application point 618 of the printing module at least one and more preferably at least two drying devices 506 are arranged. A fifth and a sixth application point 618 are optionally arranged, which are structured analogously to the other application points 618 and to which a fifth and a sixth color are assigned. All of the application points 618 and / or all of the drying devices 506 of the printing module 600 are preferably arranged in alignment with the one transport means 611 of the printing module 600. At least one inspection device 551 is preferably arranged in alignment with the one transport means 611 of the printing module 600. At least one standing area 629 is preferred for one Operator arranged and / or can be arranged above the transport means 611 of the printing module 600. Preferably, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that, along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheets 02, at least after the printing module 600 and / or at least after the at least one non-impact coating module 400; 600; 800 at least one discharge device for sheets 02 is arranged. Preferably, the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is alternatively or additionally characterized in that, along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate 02, in particular printing material 02 and / or sheets 02, at least after the printing module 600 and / or at least after the at least one non-impact coating module 400; 600; 800 at least one substrate dispensing device 1000 designed as a module 1000 is arranged. The seventh example of the processing machine 01 is as described schematically and by way of example in FIG Figure 18d shown.

A variety of other combinations are possible depending on the requirement profile. In particular, several printing units 600 or printing modules 600 can also be arranged directly one behind the other and / or, if necessary, several drying units 500 or drying modules 500 can be arranged directly one behind the other, for example for a longer drying section.

List of reference symbols

01

Processing machine, sheet processing machine, printing machine, sheet printing machine, non impact printing machine, coating machine, corrugated cardboard sheet processing machine, corrugated cardboard sheet printing machine, punching machine, sheet punching machine, sheet rotary punching machine

02

Substrate, printing material, sheets, corrugated cardboard, corrugated cardboard sheets

03

Transfer means

100

Unit, module, substrate feeding device, sheet feeder, sheet feeder unit, sheet feeder module

101

Pile turning device, partial pile turning device

102

Area, room area, stacking area

103

Partial stack separator, partial stack pusher

104

Stack, feeder stack, first

105

-

106

Partial batch

107

Means of transport, conveyor belt

108

Swivel axis

109

Separation device, sheet separation device

110

-

111

Translation element, means of transport, conveyor belt, lower, suction means of transport, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system

112

Obstacle, weir, plate

113

Carrier unit, pallet

114

Removal device, sheet separator

115

-

116

Handling element, lifting element, holding element, lifting suction device, separating suction device, transport suction device

117

Translation element, means of transport, suction means of transport, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, upper

118

-

119

Transport means, transport roller, conveyor belt, suction transport means, leaking, accelerating means, secondary

120

-

121

output

122

Pressure roller, pressure roller

123

-

124

-

125

-

126

-

127

Front lay

128

Page mark

129

-

130

-

131

-

132

-

133

-

134

Storage device, storage area

135

-

136

Accelerator, primary, conveyor roller, conveyor belt, suction conveyor, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, suction gripper, suction roller

137

Front stop, front wall

138

-

139

Side stop, side wall

140

-

141

Back stop, back wall

142

-

143

-

144

Spacers

144.1

Spacer, first

144.2

Spacer, second

145

-

146

Pressure roller, pressure roller

147

Additional device, compression device

148

Compression body, first, roller

149

Compression body, second, counter pressure body, roller

150

-

151

Power element

152

Restraint

153

Sensor, protrusion sensor

154

Compression area

155

-

156

Stop body

157

Release drive

158

Means of displacement

159

Drive (158)

160

-

161

Support frame

162

frame

163

Deflection means (119; 136)

164

Sheet sensor

200

Unit, module, preparation device, preparation unit, preparation module, conditioning device, conditioning unit, conditioning module

201

Acting device, calender, moistening device, discharge device, inerting device, cleaning device, deburring device, inspection device, suction device, blowing device, stripping device

202

Pressure roller, pressure roller

211

Means of transport, suction means of transport

300

Unit, module, system equipment, system unit, system module

301

Alignment device

302

Alignment roller, alignment roller

303

Inspection facility

311

Means of transport, suction means of transport; Suction belt

400

Unit, module, coating device, coating unit, coating module, priming device, priming unit, priming unit, priming module, flexo coating unit, flexo coating module, non-impact coating unit, jet coating unit, jet coating module, jet priming unit, jet priming module, inkjet coating unit, inkjet coating module, processing module

401

Coating agent supply, priming agent supply

402

Application cylinder, form cylinder, primer form cylinder

403

Supply roller, anilox roller, primer supply roller

404

Temporary storage, chamber doctor blade

405

-

406

Supply line

407

Derivation

408

Counter pressure medium, counter pressure cylinder, counter pressure belt

409

Coating point, priming point

410

-

411

Means of transport, suction means of transport, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, incoming, upper, lower

412

entrance

413

output

414

-

415

-

416

Printhead, inkjet printhead

417

Means of transport, suction means of transport, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, leaking, upper, lower

418

Order office

419

Maintenance device, cleaning device

420

-

421

Receiving facility

422

Coupling device

423

Coupling mount

424

Standard assembly, printhead assembly

425

-

426

Positioning device

427

frame

428

Sidewall (427)

429

-

430

-

431

Subframe

432

Side support (431)

433

traverse

500

Unit, module, drying device, drying unit, drying module, processing module

501

Energy delivery device, infrared radiation source

502

Energy delivery device, hot air source

503

Energy delivery device, arranged UV radiation source

504

Standard assembly, dryer assembly

505

-

506

Drying device

507

Post-drying device

508

frame

511

Means of transport, suction means of transport

550

Unit, module, post-treatment device, post-treatment unit, post-treatment module, conditioning device, conditioning unit, conditioning module

551

Action device, humidification device, re-humidification device, cooling device, discharge device, inerting device, cleaning device, deburring device, inspection device, suction device, blowing device, stripping device

552

Pressure roller, pressure roller

553

Sensor, CCD sensor, CMOS sensor

561

Means of transport, suction means of transport

600

Unit, module, coating device, coating unit, coating module, printing unit, printing module, flexo coating unit, flexo coating module, non-impact coating unit, jet coating unit, jet coating module, jet printing unit, Jet printing module, inkjet coating unit, inkjet coating module, inkjet printing unit, inkjet printing module, processing module

601

Coating agent supply, paint supply, ink supply

602

Order cylinder, form cylinder, color form cylinder, ink form cylinder

603

Supply roller, anilox roller, ink supply roller, ink supply roller

604

Temporary storage, chamber doctor blade

605

-

606

Supply line

607

Derivation

608

Counter pressure medium, counter pressure cylinder, counter pressure belt

609

Coating point, pressure point

610

-

611

Means of transport, suction means of transport, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, incoming, upper, lower

612

entrance

613

output

614

-

615

-

616

Printhead, inkjet printhead

617

Means of transport, suction means of transport, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, leaking, upper, lower

618

Order office

619

Maintenance device, cleaning device

620

-

621

Receiving facility

622

Coupling device

623

Coupling mount

624

Standard assembly, printhead assembly

625

-

626

Positioning device

627

frame

628

Side wall

629

Stand space

630

-

631

Subframe

632

Side support (631)

633

traverse

700

Unit, module, transport device, means of transport, transport unit, transport module

711

Means of transport, suction means of transport

718

Transport surface, counter pressure surface, outer surface, jacket surface, conveyor belt, suction box

719

Vacuum chamber

720

-

721

Suction line

722

Suction opening

723

Suction opening

724

Deflection means, deflection rollers, deflection rollers, transport roller, transport roller

725

-

726

Conveyor belt

727

Suction box

728

Suction chamber

729

Flow opening

730

-

731

Lanyard, traction device, belt, tape

732

Guide means

733

Vacuum source, fan

734

Masking mask

735

-

736

Clamping device, deflection roller

737

Valve

738

Belt alignment means, belt alignment roller

739

Radial bearings

740

-

741

Alignment drive, electric motor, pneumatic cylinder, hydraulic cylinder, linear drive

742

Axis of rotation (738)

743

Tangent, compensation tangent

744

frame

745

-

746

traverse

800

Unit, module, coating device, coating unit, coating module, painting device, coating unit, painting unit, painting module, flexo coating unit, flexo coating module, non-impact coating unit, jet coating unit, jet coating module, jet painting unit, jet painting module, inkjet coating unit, inkjet coating module, processing module

801

Coating agent supply, paint supply

802

Application cylinder, form cylinder, coating form cylinder

803

Supply roller, anilox roller, lacquer supply roller

804

Temporary storage, chamber doctor blade

805

-

806

Supply line

807

Derivation

808

Counter pressure medium, counter pressure cylinder, counter pressure belt

809

Coating point, painting point

810

-

811

Means of transport, suction means of transport, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, incoming, upper, lower

812

entrance

813

output

814

-

815

-

816

Printhead, inkjet printhead

817

Means of transport, suction means of transport, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, leaking, upper, lower

818

Order office

819

Maintenance device, cleaning device

820

-

821

Receiving facility

822

Coupling device

823

Coupling mount

824

Standard assembly, printhead assembly

825

-

826

Positioning device

827

frame

828

Side wall

829

-

830

-

831

Subframe

832

Side support (831)

833

traverse

900

Unit, module, shaping device, shaping unit, shaping module, punching module, processing module

901

Shaping means, shaping cylinder, punching means, punching cylinder, creasing means, creasing cylinder, perforating means, perforating cylinder, stripping means, stripping cylinder, lamination device, flat bed punching means

902

Counter pressure medium, counter pressure cylinder

903

Disposal facility

911

Means of transport, suction means of transport

1000

Aggregate, module, substrate dispenser; Sheet delivery, delivery unit, delivery module

1001

Stacking device

1002

Display pile

1003

Pressure roller, pressure roller

1004

Positioning means, delivery stop

1005

-

1006

Carrier unit

1007

Transport system

1008

Conveyor belt, conveyor roller

1009

Lifting device

1010

-

1011

Means of transport, suction means of transport, conveyor belt

a119

section

a136

section

v1

Speed, first

v2

Speed, second

v3

Speed, third

va

Catch-up speed

vb

Processing speed

vu

Transfer speed

A.

Transverse direction

SV

Stack boundary plane, front

T

Transport direction

V

Direction, vertical

W.

Compensation direction

M100

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (100)

M101

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (136), accelerator drive, primary

M102

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (119), accelerator drive, secondary

M103

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (136), accelerator drive, primary

M200

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (200)

M300

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (300)

M400

Drive, main drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (400)

M401

Drive, power take-off, engine, electric motor, position-controlled (400)

M500

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (500)

M600

Drive, main drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (600)

M601

Drive, power take-off, engine, electric motor, position-controlled (600)

M700

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (700)

M800

Drive, main drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (800)

M801

Drive, power take-off, engine, electric motor, position-controlled (800)

M900

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (900)

M1000

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (1000)

Claims (15)

1. A printing press (01), wherein the printing press (01) comprises at least two units (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000)configured as modules (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000), and wherein a module (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000)is understood as a respective unit (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000)or a structure composed of multiple units (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000), which is configured as a machine unit or functional assembly that is produced and/or installed as a separate entity, and wherein the printing press (01) has at least one module (100) configured as a substrate supply system (100), and wherein at least one of the at least two modules (500; 600) is configured as a non-impact coating module (600), and wherein the at least one non-impact coating module (600) has at least one print head (616), and wherein each of the at least two modules (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000)has at least one drive (M100; M101; M102; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000) dedicated uniquely to it, each drive serving to effect a transport of substrate (02) through said respective module (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000)and/or through at least one active region of said respective module (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000), and wherein each of the uniquely dedicated drives (M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000) is configured as a position-controlled electric motor (M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000), and wherein along a transport path provided for a transport of substrate (02), at least one first application point (618) of at least one non-impact coating module (400; 600; 800), intended for colored coating medium, is located, followed downstream by an active region of at least one drying device (506) assigned to the first application point (618), followed downstream by at least one additional application point (618) of at least one non-impact coating module (400; 600; 800), intended for colored coating medium, followed downstream by an active region of at least one additional drying device (506) assigned to the additional application point (618), and wherein the first application point (618) is assigned to a first non-impact coating module (600) configured as a first printing module (600), and wherein the additional application point (618) is assigned to the same first non-impact coating module (600) configured as a first coating module (600), and wherein the first printing module (600) has a transport means (611) that extends along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate (02), beneath the at least one first application point (618) of the first printing module (600), and beneath the at least one drying device (506) of the first printing module (600), said drying device being located downstream of said at least one application point (618), and beneath every additional downstream application point (618) of the first printing module (600), and wherein at least one print head (616) is and/or can be connected to at least one positioning device (626), and wherein the at least one positioning device (626) has at least one positioning drive, and wherein said at least one print head (416; 616; 816) is arranged so as to be movable, at least with respect to a vertical direction (V), relative to a frame (427; 627; 827) of the at least one non-impact coating module (400; 600; 800), by means of the at least one positioning device (426; 626; 826).
2. The printing press (01), wherein the printing press (01) comprises at least two units (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000)configured as modules (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000), and wherein a module (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000) is understood as a respective unit (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000)or a structure composed of multiple units (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000), which is configured as a machine unit or functional assembly that is produced and/or installed as a separate entity, and wherein the printing press (01) has at least one module (100) configured as a substrate supply system (100), and wherein at least one of the at least two modules (500; 600) is configured as a non-impact coating module (600), and wherein the at least one non-impact coating module (600) has at least one print head (616), and wherein each of the at least two modules (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000) has at least one drive (M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000) dedicated uniquely to it, each drive serving to effect a transport of substrate (02) through said respective module (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000)and/or through at least one active region of said respective module (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000), and wherein each of the uniquely dedicated drives (M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000) is configured as a position-controlled electric motor (M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000), and wherein at least one first application point (618) of at least one non-impact coating module (400; 600; 800) intended for colored coating medium and arranged aligned toward a first side of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate (02), followed downstream by an active region of at least one drying device (506) assigned to the first application point (618), followed downstream by at least one additional application point (618) of at least one non-impact coating module (400; 600; 800), intended for colored coating medium and likewise arranged aligned toward a first side of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate (02), followed downstream by an active region of at least one additional drying device (506) assigned to the additional application point (618) are located along a transport path provided for a transport of substrate (02), and wherein the first application point (618) is assigned to a first non-impact coating module (600) configured as a first printing module (600), and wherein the additional application point (618) is assigned to the same first non-impact coating module (600) configured as a first coating module (600), and wherein the first printing module (600) has a transport means (611) that extends along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate (02), beneath the at least one first application point (618) of the first printing module (600) and beneath the at least one drying device (506) of the first printing module (600), said drying device being located downstream of said at least one application point (618), and beneath every additional downstream application point (618) of the first printing module (600).
3. The printing press according to claim 2, characterized in that at least one print head (616) is and/or can be connected to at least one positioning device (626), or that at least one print head (616) is and/or can be connected to at least one positioning device (626) and the at least one positioning device (626) has at least one positioning drive.
4. The printing press according to claim 1, characterized in that the at least one first application point (618) intended for colored coating medium is arranged aligned toward a first side of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate (02), and in that the at least one additional application point (618) intended for colored coating medium is likewise arranged aligned toward the first side of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate (02).
5. The printing press according to claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4, characterized in that the printing press (01) is a sheet-fed printing press (01), and/or in that the transport path provided for the transport of substrate (02) is a transport path for a transport of printing substrate (02) and/or sheets (02).
6. The printing press according to claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5, characterized in that drive controllers and/or drive regulators of the individual modules (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000)can be operated individually and independently of one another, and/or in that the individual modules (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000)of the processing machine (01) are and/or can be operated in synchronization with one another with respect to their drives (M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000), and/or in that the individual modules (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000)of the processing machine (01) are and/or can be operated synchronized with one another at least with respect to their drives (M100; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000) by means of at least one electronic master axis.
7. The printing press according to claim 3 or 4 or 5 or 6, characterized in that said at least one print head (416; 616; 816) is arranged so as to be movable relative to a frame (427; 627; 827) of the at least one non-impact coating module (400; 600; 800) by means of the at least one positioning device (426; 626; 826).
8. The printing press according to claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 or 7, characterized in that at least one of the non-impact coating modules (600) is configured as a printing module (600) and/or is configured as an inkjet coating module (600) and/or has at least one inkjet print head (416; 616; 816).
9. The printing press according to claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 or 7 or 8, characterized in that at least one primer module (400) of the printing press (01) is arranged upstream of the at least one non-impact coating module (600; 800) along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate (02) and/or that at least one finish coating module (800) of the printing press (01) is arranged downstream of the at least one non-impact coating module (600; 800) along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate (02).
10. The printing press according to claim 9, characterized in that at least one drying device (506) is arranged upstream of the at least one non-impact coating module (600) along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate (02) and/or at least one drying device (506) is arranged downstream of an application point (618) of the at least one non-impact printing module (600) and upstream of the at least one finish coating module (800) along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate (02) and/or at least one drying device (506) is arranged downstream of an application point (818) of the at least one finish coating module (800) along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate (02).
11. The printing press according to claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 or 7 or 8 or 9 or 10, characterized in that the printing press (01) has a transport path provided for a transport of substrate (02), and in that for a majority of the modules (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000)of the printing press (01), a respective section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate (02), which is defined by the respective module (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000), has a minimum radius of curvature of at least 2 meters and/or has a direction over the entire range of the respective module (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000)that deviates no more than 30° from at least one horizontal direction and/or that the printing press (01) comprises at least three modules (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000), and at least two modules (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000)each have at least one transfer means (03) that serves to facilitate or carry out a transport of substrate (02) between said respective module (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000)on one hand and at least one other module (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000)on the other hand, and/or in that one section of a transport path provided for the transport of substrate (02) and defined by the respective module (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000)begins at a respective intake height of the respective module (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000) and/or ends at a respective outlet height of the respective module (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000), and for a plurality of modules (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000)of the processing machine (01), the respective intake height of the respective module (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000)deviates at most by 5 cm from the same first standard height, and/or the respective outlet height of the respective module (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000)deviates by at most 5 cm from the same first standard height, and/or the respective intake height of the respective module (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000)deviates by at most 5 cm from the respective outlet height of the respective module (100; 200; 300; 400; 500; 550; 600; 700; 800; 900; 1000).
12. The printing press according to claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 or 7 or 8 or 9 or 10 or 11, characterized in that the at least one first application point (618) intended for colored coating medium and the at least one additional application point (618) intended for colored coating medium are provided for an application of coating medium onto the same side of the substrate (02) .
13. The printing press according to claim 7 or 8 or 9 or 10 or 11 or 12, characterized in that the drive regulators of the respective uniquely dedicated drives (M100; M101; M102; M103; M200; M300; M400; M401; M500; M550; M600; M601; M700; M800; M801; M900; M1000) are connected to one another via at least one BUS system.
14. The printing press according to claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 or 7 or 8 or 9 or 10 or 11 or 12 or 13, characterized in that the at least one non-impact printing unit (600) configured as a non-impact printing module (600) has at least one drying device (506), arranged downstream of at least one application point (618) of said at least one non-impact printing module (600) and upstream of at least one other application point (618) of said at least one non-impact printing module (600) with respect to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate (02) and aligned toward the provided transport path.
15. The printing press according to claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 or 7 or 8 or 9 or 10 or 11 or 12 or 13 or 14, characterized in that the transport means (611) is configured as a suction transport means (611) and/or as a suction belt (611) and/or as a suction box belt (611) and/or as a roller suction system (611).

Images